Cummins

APRIL 2020
COASTSIDE COUNTY WATER DISTRICT

HALF MOON BAY, CALIFORNIA
ADDENDUM NO. 2
DATE OF ISSUE: 23 April 2020
Contract Documents for

Denniston Standby Generators
To: ALL HOLDERS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENT FOR THE ABOVE REFERENCED

PROJECT.
This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents and modifies the original Contract
Bidding Documents dated April 2020.
Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum before page 26 36 23-1 of the Technical Specifications
Section within the Specifications, which has been added and attached. Failure to do so may
subject the prospective bidder to disqualification.
This Addendum consists of Addendum Item 2.001, which amends the Contract Documents and
provides additional information for the project. All prospective bidders for the above referenced
project are to be aware that the following changes, additions, and/or clarifications shall be
included as an integral part of the Contract Documents for the above referenced project, and
they are bound by all conditions set forth therein.
Item Bid Document Sheet No. or

No. Section No. Description of Change or Clarification
The attached submittal documentation has been

Add attached Appendix 26
added after Appendix 26 32 00-A and before
2.001 32 00-B Denniston Standby
Section 26 36 23.
Generators Manufacturer’s
Submittal.
ENGINEER OF RECORD
Eileen A. Nakamura, P.E.
Denniston Standby Generators Page 1 of 1 Addendum No. 2

Appendix 26 32 00-B
DENNISTON STANDBY GENERATORS MANUFACTURER’S SUBMITTAL
119021 – Denniston Standby Generators Diesel-Engine-Driven Generator Sets

October 1, 2019 Appendix 26 32 00-B
CUMMINS INC
14775 Wicks Blvd
San Leandro CA 94577
(323) 513-4051
Feb 25, 2020
REVISION 1
Submittal for:
Denniston And Pump Station Standby Generators
Cummins Inc. Project No. 99993

PO No.: 6273
Customer Requested Delivery Date:_________________________________

Customer Requested Equipment Delivery Address:_____________________
__________________________________________________________________
Contact Person & Phone # for Deliveries:_____________________________
Transfer switch(es) require a withstand and closing rating (WCR) capable of meeting the
available upstream fault current (kAIC). The WCR may be based on a specific breaker
rating or a time-based rating, and it is the responsibility of the facility designer or engineer to
Prepared for: verify compatibility. A full listing of the WCR is included as a part of this submittal.
James Derbin
Customer Approval
Coast County Water District
766 Main St □ Revise and Resubmit
Half Moon Bay CA, 94019 □ Approved with corrections
Phone No.: 650-276-0129
□ Approved
Fax No. : XXX-XX-XXXX
□ Released for Production
Email : jderbin@coastsidewater.org
By: ___________________________ Dated:_____________
Important:
1. By signing this submittal you’re approving it as submitted unless noted.
Prepared by: James Feng 2. Any change to the scope of supply may impact the current shipping schedule and the contract price, as such,
Cummins Inc. can NOT accept any changes to the scope of supply within 60 Calendar days before shipment.
Offfice Number: 510-347-1528 3. Our Company policy states that “We can NOT order any materials or proceed with production
without an approved and release submittal that includes a required ship date”.
Mobile Number: 323-513-4051
Fax Number: -
Email address: james.feng@cummins.com
Project Name: Denniston And Pump Station Standby Generators
Project Number: 99993
Dear: James Derbin
Thank you for your order. The next step in the process is the submittals phase.
Attached please find the submittal, prepared by James Feng the Project Engineer assigned to your Project. Please
review the submittal and return it to him as soon as possible along with your approval and/or changes clearly
indicated so we can continue to process your order.
Our company policy states we cannot order any materials or proceed with any production without an
approved Submittal returned from you along with requested delivery date, and data for the circuit breaker
being used upstream of our transfer switch(s).
Current lead time is approximately 12-13 weeks Split shipments and drop shipments on
equipment that do not need local upfit are possible, but requirements must be advised at the time of release.
Note: Requested delivery date is not a guarantee of delivery date. Leadtimes at time of release can vary due to
market conditions and manufacturing production capacities. We will advise you of our closest delivery target to match
your request within 1-2 weeks.
A Cummins Project Team has now been assigned to your project. Their names and contacts are listed below. For all
technical issues, your Project Engineer, James Feng, will best be able to assist you at this stage of the project Feel
free to contact anyone on your Project Team directly.
Name Title Function Phone email

Aimen Ramahi Territory Manager Sales 510-347-6172 aimen.ramahi@cummins.com
James Feng Project Manager San Prepares Submittals, 510-347-1528 james.feng@cummins.com

Leandro handles all Technical issues
Samuel Creech ISR Inside Sales Rep Irvine Irvine 949-253-6056 samuel.creech@cummins.com
Denise Wauke- PC Project Coordinator 808-682-6209 denis.wauke-stover.com

John McWilliams Senior Application Technical Resource for all 510-347-6673 john.l.mcwilliams@cummins.com
Engineer projects
Dennis Long Start and Test Schedules pre-inspect and 510-347-6651 Dennis.d.long@cummins.com
Specialist S&T
Tom S Golnick GM - PowerGen Sales Sales Management 619-219-5044 tom.g.golnick@cummins.com
Best regards,
Aimen Ramahi
Cummins Inc.
Notice to End User or Contractor
***
Please be advised that without a permit to construct or operate from AQMD, we will not be
able to start and commission this generator, it is therefore suggested that an AQMD permit
be filed at the same time you issue an approval for this submittal.
***
Please make sure you've reviewed our Automatic Transfer Switch Withstand and Closing
Rating Chart for compliance with our list of acceptable breakers being used upstream of the
ATS.
***
This order is provided with one set of owners and installation manual meant for the installing
contractor. Additional copies may require a change order while electronic copies can be
provided free of charge.
***
Approval Drawings
This Approval Drawing Package is submitted as our interpretation of the contract drawings
and/or the specifications for this job.
It is the obligation of the electrical contractor and reviewing engineer to determine that the
item quantities and accuracy of this submittal is correct as required for the job. Any
inccuracies or deviations must be addressed with Cummins Inc. before release to
manufacturing. Any releases of material to manufacturing by the above parties constitute an
acceptance of the accuracy of the submittal. Any changes after release will be viewed as a
change order, subject to pricing changes.
Please take the time to review this package for accuracy to prevent any after-shipment
problems. This will allow the job to be shipped correctly and prevent any delay in
energization.
***
Cummins Power Generation provides a large amount of technical information on it's
products, as well as specific technical topics aimed at clarifying our position on topical
issues. Below you'll find links to valuable information that would help you with our
recommendations for installation on different topics.
Technical Manuals
T-011 Application Manual - Transfer Switches
T-016 Application Manual - Paralleling
T-030 Application Manual - Liquid Cooled Generator Sets

T-034 Application Manual - Networking
WTP GEN-A

PO Number: 6273
Summary Sheet
(Not for Construction, please refer to specific materials within submittal or call Cummins Inc. to double check values.)
Project Engineer James Feng 510-347-1528
Major Equipment Shipping Weights and Dimensions

Weight Sources
Equipment Length (in) Width (in) Height (in) Color
(lbs) Drawing Number
Genset 113 40 56 3,179 Green A060C858
Housing 160 40 72 429 Green A060C609
Fuel Tank (Dry) 181 44 21 1,477 Black A057P198
Diesel Fuel Gallonage
374 2,760
Total Genset
181 44 93 7,845
Package
600A ATS 21 33 74 410 Green 0500-4185
Generator Set - Lug Information

Max. Breaker Wire (Copper)
Amps
Lug Quantity Size
200-600 2 2/0-500 KCMIL
Automatic Transfer Switch - Lug Information

Amperage Cable/Phase Cable Size
600 2 250-500MCM
AC Power Supplies needed for Genset Accessories

Accessories No. phases Voltage Wattage
Coolant heater* 1 120VAC 1500
Battery Charger (Cummins) 1 120/208 - 240 200
Alternator heater 1 120VAC 300
*For genset 250kW and below refer to drawing 0333-0588 for reconnectable heater.
PS GEN-B

PO Number: 6273
Summary Sheet
(Not for Construction, please refer to specific materials within submittal or call Cummins Inc. to double check values.)
Project Engineer James Feng 510-347-1528
Major Equipment Shipping Weights and Dimensions

Weight Sources
Equipment Length (in) Width (in) Height (in) Color
(lbs) Drawing Number
Genset 119 50 66 4,740 Green A041F591
Housing 222 86 92 4,715 Green A034J589
Fuel Tank (Dry) 170 86 16 2,584 Black A034J589
Diesel Fuel Gallonage
500 3,690
Total Genset
222 86 108 15,729
Package
400A ATS 21 33 74 410 Green 0500-4185
Generator Set - Lug Information

Max. Breaker Wire (Copper)
Amps
Lug Quantity Size
600 2 2/0-350 KCMIL
Automatic Transfer Switch - Lug Information

Amperage Cable/Phase Cable Size
400 2 3/0-600MCM and #4-250MCM
AC Power Supplies needed for Genset Accessories

Accessories No. phases Voltage Wattage
Coolant heater* 1 120VAC 1500
Battery Charger (Cummins) 1 120/208 - 240 300
Alternator heater 1 120VAC 300
*For genset 250kW and below refer to drawing 0333-0588 for reconnectable heater.
General Wiring Guidelines
Interconnection Wiring To Be # 14 AWG Stranded Wire Minimum. Ac and Dc Control Wires to Be Run In Separate Conduits
Battery Charger to Battery to Be Sized For Charger Output And length of run.
For AC Connections:Use # 14 AWG or larger for lengths up to 40 Feet.

Use # 12 AWG or larger for lengths up to 50 Feet.

For DC Connections:Use # 14 AWG or larger for lengths up to 100 Feet.
Paralleling load share cable to be 18 AWG 4 - conductor twisted shielded cable.

Modbus and PCCnet cable to be Belden model 9729 twisted shielded pair.
Echelon Lontalk network cable to be stranded CAT5.
We recommend running additional 20% spare wires for each circuit.
**REFER TO WIRING DIAGRAMS SUPPLIED WITH SUBMITTAL FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION**
Special Requirements / Submittal Review Notes

General Wiring Guidelines
Interconnection Wiring To Be # 14 AWG Stranded Wire Minimum. Ac and Dc Control Wires to Be Run In Separate Conduits
Battery Charger to Battery to Be Sized For Charger Output And length of run.
For AC Connections:Use # 14 AWG or larger for lengths up to 40 Feet.
For DC Connections:Use # 14 AWG or larger for lengths up to 100 Feet.
Paralleling load share cable to be 18 AWG 4 - conductor twisted shielded cable.

Modbus and PCCnet cable to be Belden model 9729 twisted shielded pair.
Echelon Lontalk network cable to be stranded CAT5.
We recommend running additional 20% spare wires for each circuit.
**REFER TO WIRING DIAGRAMS SUPPLIED WITH SUBMITTAL FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION**
Special Requirements / Submittal Review Notes

Table of Contents
Project Number: 99993 Page

Bill of Material 13
Section I Generator Set Specification Sheets

WTP GEN-A 18
PS GEN-B 24
Section II Generator Set Data Sheets

WTP GEN-A 31
PS GEN-B 34
Section III Alternator Data Sheets

WTP GEN-A 39
PS GEN-B 41
Section IV Control Panel Sheets

WTP GEN-A 47
PS GEN-B 54
Anunciator 60
Section V Sound Data Sheets

WTP GEN-A 65
PS GEN-B 67
Section VI Prototype Test Support (PTS) Sheets

WTP GEN-A 69
PS GEN-B 70
Section VII Cooling System Data Sheets

WTP GEN-A 72
PS GEN-B 73
Section VIII Exhaust Emission Data Sheets

WTP GEN-A 75
PS GEN-B 76
Section IX Battery and Battery Charger Data Sheets

Battery 77
Battery Charger 78
Section X Certificate of Compliance IBC Sheets

WTP GEN-A 82
PS GEN-B 85
Section XI Enclosure Specification Sheets

WTP GEN-A 89
PS GEN-B 92
Section XII Transfer Switch Data Sheets

WTP ATS-A and PS ATS-B 97
Section XIII Specific Breaker Withstand and Closing List

WTP GEN-A and PS GEN-B Circuit Breaker Specifcations 111
WTP ATS-A and PS ATS-B Withstand Closing Ratings 123
Section XIV Interconnection Diagrams

WTP GEN-A 125
PS GEN-B 134
Section XV Genset Outlines

WTP GEN-A 145
PS GEN-B 152
Section XVI Circuit Breaker Outline Drawings

WTP GEN-A 159
PS GEN-B 162
Section XVII Coolant Heater Drawings

WTP GEN-A 165
PS GEN-B 168
Section XVIII Transfer Switch Drawing

Section XIX Warranty

WTP GEN-A and PS GEN-B 172
Section XX Start and Test

Procedures 179
Notice
The equipment contained in this quotation may have to comply with new EPA emissions
regulations for stationary genset applications that are being phased in between now and
January 1, 2007. Depending upon the date this order is received, this quote must be verified to
be compliant with these new EPA requirements prior to acceptance of the order.
The Bay Area Air Quality Management District (BAAQMD) has established rules that govern
the emissions performance of emergency and standby generator sets. The rules have made it
impossible for an equipment manufacture to guarantee that a particular generator set will meet
site specific requirements.
The BAAQMD now requires that both a Permit to Construct and a Permit to Operate be
obtained in the owner’s name for all new emergency and standby generator set installations.
To obtain a permit, the BAAQMD requires the owner or developer to submit engine generator
emissions data and project site information, so that a site specific Risk Screen Analysis (RSA)
may be performed. Using the data provided to them, the RSA is performed by the BAAQMD.
Based on the results of the Risk Screen Analysis, the BAAQMD may attach conditions to the
permit that could include one or more of the following:
• The maximum available annual testing hours may be limited.

• The height of the exhaust stack may need to be increased.
• An undetermined level of exhaust after-treatment may be required.
COMMENTS AND CLARIFICATIONS
IBC Certification: If the generator set, fuel tank, outdoor enclosure and/or
automatic transfer switch for this project need to be listed and labeled per the
requirements of the 2006, 2009 and 2012 IBC, please inquire as this will affect
the price and lead-time.
COM-1
NOTE
• The fuel systems, cooling systems, airflow systems and exhaust systems must be
properly sized to specifications set forth by Cummins Power Generation to insure
proper operation of the generator set. See the generator set data sheet in this
submittal for specific requirements. Cummins Pacific LLC will coordinate with the
installing contractor to assure any additional project specific information is
available.
• Unless requested otherwise, the generator mainline circuit breaker is mounted on

the right side when viewed from the controller end of the generator set. Conduits
should be located within the designated stub-up location but also positioned such
that they can conveniently enter the circuit breaker enclosure which mounts on the
side of the generator junction box.
• BAAQMD risk management policy requires a Risk Screening Analysis (RSA), which
is site specific. We have included emission data in this submittal for your use in
this process. Based on the results of the risk screening analysis the equipment
proposed may or may not be acceptable as is at your specific site. According to
the BAAQMD no manufacturers’ equipment can be pre-certified.
• Unless requested and stated otherwise, all equipment supplied to have a finish coat
color of Onan green.
GIN
Cummins
1939 Deere Ave

Irvine, California, 92606
Project: Denniston WTP and Pump Station Standby

Generators
Coastside County Water District Bill Of Materials

766 Main St
Half Moon Bay, California, 94019
Item Notes Description Qty
1 a Genset-Diesel (WTP): 60Hz,150kW 1

U.S. EPA, Stationary Emergency Application
Genset-Diesel, 60Hz,150kW
Duty Rating-Standby Power
Listing-UL 2200
NFPA 110 Type 10 Level 1 Capable
IBC Seismic Certification
Seismic Anchor Calculation
Emissions Certification, EPA, Tier 3, NSPS CI Stationary
Emergency
Enclosure-Aluminum,Sound Att,Level 2, w/Exh System
Enclosure Distribution Panel, Lights, and Outlets
Voltage-120/240,3 Phase,Delta,4 Wire
Alternator-60Hz,12L,240/120V,120C,40C amb
Generator Set Control-PowerCommand 2.3
Exciter/Regulator-Pmg, 3 Phase Sensor
Engine Governor-Electronic, Isochronous Only
Display Language-English
Meters-AC OutputAnalog (kVA)
Gauge-Oil Pressure
Stop Switch-Emergency
Relays-Auxiliary, Quantity 2, (25A-15V DC)/(10A-30V DC)
Control Mounting-Left Facing
Heater-Alternator, 120 Volt AC
Load Connection-Single
CB or EB or TB-Bottom Entry, Right
CB,Loc A,200A-600A,3P,LSI,600VAC,100%,UL
Enclosure Color-Green,Aluminum Enclosure
Enclosure - Wind Load 180MPH, ASCE7-10
Fuel Tank-Regional, 2 Wall, Sub Base, 24Hr Minimum
Alarm Panel-High Fuel
Box-Spill Containment, 5 Gal, Lockable
Extensions Kit-Fuel Tank Vents, 12 ft
Mechanical Fuel Gauge
Switch-Low, 40% Fuel
Switch-High, 90% Fuel
Separator-Fuel/Water
Valve-Fuel Tank, Over Fill Protection, 95%
Switch-Fuel Tank, Rupture Basin, Installed
Skidbase-Housing Ready
Engine Starter - 12 VDC Motor
Battery Charging Alternator-Normal Output
Engine Cooling-High Ambient Air Temperature
Shutdown-Low Coolant Level
Extension-Engine Coolant Drain
Engine Coolant-50% Antifreeze, 50% Water Mixture
Coolant Heater, Cold Ambient
Engine Air Cleaner-Normal Duty
Engine Oil
Test Record-Safety Shutdowns
Test Record-Certified
Test-Varied Load,2hour,2 Step
Test Record-Strip Chart

Genset Warranty- Base
Literature-English
Packing-Skid, Poly Bag
Ship Loose-Green SL2 Baffle
Ship Loose- Vent Kit A
Rack-Battery
Extension-Oil Drain
Annunciator-Panel Mount With Enclosure (RS485)
Battery Charger-10Amp,120/208/240VAC,12/24V,50/60Hz
BATTERY GROUP 4D: C4D
KIT,FUEL SYSTEM
KIT,ENCLOSURE (SL2 Duct)
O & M manuals
Spare Parts
Freight
2 a Diesel Genset (PS): 60Hz-250kW 1
U.S. EPA, Stationary Emergency Application
Genset-Diesel,60Hz,250kW
Duty Rating-Standby Power
Listing-UL 2200
Certification-Seismic, IBC2000, IBC2003, IBC2006,
IBC2009, IBC2012
Seismic Anchor Calculation
Emissions Certification, EPA, Tier 3, NSPS CI Stationary
Emergency
Enclosure-Steel,SndAtt,Level 2,Base Mtd,w/ExhSys
Voltage-277/480,3 Phase,Wye,4 Wire
Alternator-60 Hz, 12 Lead, Limited Range, 125/105C
Generator Set Control-PCC 2100
Exciter/Regulator-Pmg, 3 Phase Sensor
Engine Governor-Electronic, Isochronous Only
Display Language-English
Display-Control,Graphical
Meters-AC Output,Analog
Stop Switch-Emergency
Alarm-Audible, Engine Shutdown
Control Mounting-Left Facing
Heater-Alternator, 120 Volt AC
CB or EB or TB-Right Only
Circuit Breaker-600A,Right CB on Right side,3-Pole, UL
600,IEC 690, 100%
CB or EB or TB-Bottom Entry, Right
Enclosure Color-Green,Steel Enclosure
Listing, ULC-S601-07
Distribution Panel-Prewired AC Features
ServiceReceptacle-120V,20A,ExternalGFCI,NEMA 5-20R
Enclosure Lighting
Alarm-High Fuel Fill
Separator-Fuel/Water
Engine Starter-24 VDC Motor
Battery Charging Alternator-Normal Output
Engine Cooling-High Ambient Air Temperature
Shutdown-Low Coolant Level
Engine Coolant-50% Antifreeze, 50% Water Mixture
Coolant Heater-120 Volt Ac, Single Phase
Engine Air Cleaner-Normal Duty
Engine Oil
Test Record-Strip Chart
Test-Varied Load,2hour,2 Step
Test Record-Safety Shutdowns
Test Record-Certified
Test - Witness
Genset Warranty- Base
Literature-English
Packing-None, Base Mounted Housing
Annunciator-Panel Mounted With Enclosure (RS485)
Battery Charger-10Amp,120/208/240VAC,12/24V,50/60Hz
BATTERY GROUP 34: C34-HC
O & M manuals
Fuel Tank-Subbase,500 Gallon,UL142 Compliant
Spare Parts
Spill Bucket, 5 Gal Round, Internal, No Lid
Freight
Fuel Tank Vent Extension
Fuel Overfill Prevention System, 24VDC gensets, audible &
shutoff
3 a ATS-A: 600A 1
Transfer Switch-Onan,PwrCmd,600 Amp
Application-Utility To Genset
Listing-UL 1008/CSA Certification
Certificate-IBC Seismic
Frequency-60 Hertz
System-3 Phase,3 Wire Or 4 Wire
Voltage-240 Vac
Cabinet-Type 4X Stainless
Display-Digital
Module-Relay Signal
Transfer Switch Warranty - Yr 0-2: Parts, Labor and Travel;
Yr 3-5: Parts Only; Yr 6-10: Main Contacts Only
Poles-4
Control-Transfer Switch,Level 2
Interface-Communications Network,FTT-10
4 a ATS-B: 400A 1
Application-Utility To Genset
Listing-UL 1008/CSA Certification
Certificate-IBC Seismic
Frequency-60 Hertz
System-3 Phase,3 Wire Or 4 Wire
Voltage-480 Vac
Cabinet-Type 4X Stainless
Display-Digital
Module-Relay Signal
Transfer Switch Warranty - Yr 0-2: Parts, Labor and Travel;
Yr 3-5: Parts Only; Yr 6-10: Main Contacts Only
Transfer Switch-Onan,PwrCmd,400 Amp
Poles-4
Control-Transfer Switch,Level 2
Interface-Communications Network,FTT-10
5 e Start & Test 1
150 C150D6D:PS 24 Hour Tank Test, WTP 24 Hour Tank 1
Test, PS Operator Training, WTP Operator Training, Pre
Start & Test, Install Batteries (grp 31 down), Start & Test, 2
Hour Load Bank Test, Fuel Tank Test
250 DQDAA:Pre Start & Test, Install Batteries (grp 4D up), 1
Start & Test, 2 Hour Load Bank Test, Fuel Tank Test
6 - Preventative Maintenance Agreement 1
Semi-Annual Maintenance
2 Years Contract
Product Under PMA
150 C150D6D 1
250 DQDAA 1
Cummins Terms & Conditions
NOTES
Please use this as a reference for the "note" column in the quote.
a. Factory Assembled.
b. Assemble at Cummins facility.
c. Shipped loose items. Assemble/Install by Cummins at Job Site.
d. Shipped loose items. Assemble/Install by customer at Job Site.
e. Start and Test performed by Cummins.
f. Start and Test performed by customer.
EXCEPTIONS
Offloading, installation, permits, fuel, and fuel for testing are to be provided by others.
1.1,A,9: Storage at Cummins facility is limited to six months. Any additional storage will incur storage fees to be paid by the
customer.
1.6,B: Cummins takes exception to this section. Inspection will occur after EC installs generator during "Pre Start & Test". Installation
Assistance is not included, as we are not contractors. Additionally this will add unnecessary cost to the customer without bringing
value. Four hours of training is set for each generator; this is sufficient to instruct owner's operation.
1.7,A: Specifications are not clear on service interval. Cummins offers semi annual service for two years.
1.10,A: DPF Spare parts are not included.
1.12: Signs are to be provided by others.
2.4,A: Spill buckets are five gallon.
2.4,A: Fuel tank pressure test will be conducted on site, after installation; not at Cummins facility.
2.4,B: Batteries are lead acid type.
2.4,I: Generator enclosure for WTP is aluminum.
2.5,1: Controls are inside generator enclosure.
3.1: Witness testing not available for WTP generator.
3.2: Cummins takes exception to this section entirely. Our shops in California are not set up to perform the specified tests. Quality
tests will be performed at Cummins factory in Fridley MN as described in section 3.1.
SECTION I
GENERATOR SET
SPECIFICATION SHEETS
WTP GEN-A
Specification sheet
Diesel
generator set
QSB7 series engine
125-200 kW @ 60 Hz
EPA Tier 3 emissions
Description
Cummins® generator sets are fully integrated Cooling system - Standard cooling package
power generation systems providing optimum provides reliable running at up to 50 °C
performance, reliability and versatility for (122 °F) ambient temperature.
stationary Standby applications.
Enclosures - The aesthetically appealing
Features enclosure incorporates special designs that
deliver one of the quietest generators of its kind.
Heavy duty engine - Rugged 4-cycle industrial Aluminium material plus durable powder coat
diesel delivers reliable power and fast response paint provides the best anti-corrosion
to load changes. performance. The generator set enclosure has
been evaluated to withstand 180 MPH wind
Alternator - Several alternator sizes offer
loads in accordance with ASCE7 -10. The
selectable motor starting capability with low
design has hinged doors to provide easy access
reactance 2/3 pitch windings, low waveform
for service and maintenance.
distortion with non-linear loads and fault clearing
short-circuit capability. Fuel tanks - Dual wall sub-base fuel tanks are
offered as optional features, providing
Control system - The PowerCommand®
1.1
economical and flexible solutions to meet
electronic control is standard equipment and
extensive code requirements on diesel fuel
provides total generator set system integration
tanks.
including automatic remote starting/stopping,
precise frequency and voltage regulation, alarm NFPA - The generator set accepts full rated load
and status message display, output metering, in a single step in accordance with NFPA 110 for
auto-shutdown at fault detection and NFPA 110 Level 1 systems.
Level 1 compliance.
Warranty and service - Backed by a
comprehensive warranty and worldwide
distributor network.
Standby Prime
60 Hz 60 Hz
Model kW kVA kW kVA Data sheets
C125D6D 125 156 113 141 NAD-6371-EN
C150D6D 150 188 135 169 NAD-6372-EN
C175D6D 175 219 158 197 NAD-6373-EN
C200D6D 200 250 180 225 NAD-6374-EN
power.cummins.com
©2018 Cummins Inc. | NAS-6370-EN.DOCX (08/18) A061Y585
WTP GEN-A
Generator set specifications

Governor regulation class ISO8528 Part 1 Class G3
Voltage regulation, no load to full load ± 1.0%
Random voltage variation ± 1.0%
Frequency regulation Isochronous
Random frequency variation ± 0.50%
Radio frequency emissions compliance FCC code title 47 part 15 class A and B
Engine specifications
Design Turbocharged and charge air cooled
Bore 107 mm (4.21 in.)
Stroke 124 mm (4.88 in.)
Displacement 6.7 L (408 in3)
Cylinder block Cast iron, in-line 4 cylinder
Battery capacity 2 x 850 amps per battery at ambient temperature of 0 °C (32 °F)
Battery charging alternator 100 amps
Starting voltage 2 x 12 volt in parallel, negative ground
Lube oil filter type(s) Spin-on with relief valve
Standard cooling system High ambient radiator
Rated speed 1800 rpm
Alternator specifications
Design Brushless, 4 pole, drip proof, revolving field
Stator 2/3 pitch
Rotor Direct coupled, flexible disc
Insulation system Class H per NEMA MG1-1.65
Standard temperature rise 120 ºC (248 °F) Standby
Exciter type Torque match (shunt) with PMG as option
Alternator cooling Direct drive centrifugal blower
AC waveform Total Harmonic Distortion (THDV) < 5% no load to full linear load, < 3% for any single harmonic
Telephone Influence Factor (TIF) < 50 per NEMA MG1-22.43
Telephone Harmonic Factor (THF) < 3%
Available voltages
1-phase 3-phase
• 120/240 • 120/208 • 120/240 • 277/480 • 347/600 • 127/220
Generator set options

Fuel system Control Cooling system
• Basic fuel tanks • AC output analog meters • Shutdown – low coolant level
• Regional fuel tanks • Stop switch – emergency • Warning – low coolant level
Engine • Auxiliary output relays (2) • Extension – coolant drain
• Engine air cleaner – normal or heavy • Auxiliary configurable signal • Coolant heater options:
duty inputs (8) and relay outputs (8) - <4 °C (40 °F) – cold weather
• Shut down – low oil pressure Electrical - <-18 °C (0 °F) – extreme cold
• Extension – oil drain • One, two or three circuit breaker Exhaust system
• Engine oil heater configurations • Exhaust connector NPT
Alternator • 80% rated circuit breakers • Exhaust muffler mounted
• 120 °C temperature rise alternator • 80% or 100% rated LSI circuit Generator set application
breakers
• 105 °C temperature rise alternator • Base barrier – elevated genset
• Battery charger
• PMG excitation • Radiator outlet duct adapter
• Alternator heater, 120 V Enclosure
Warranty
• Reconnectable full 1 phase output • Aluminium enclosure Sound Level 1 or • Base warranty – 2 year/1000 hours,
alternator upto 175 kWe Level 2, green color Standby
• Aluminium weather protective enclosure
• Base warranty – 1 year/unlimited
with muffler installed, green color hours, Prime
• 3 & 5 year Standby warranty options
power.cummins.com
©2018 Cummins Inc. | NAS-6370-EN.DOCX (08/18) A061F585
WTP GEN-A
Generator set accessories

• Coolant heater • Remote monitoring device – • Alternator PMG excitation
• Battery heater kit PowerCommand 500/550 • Alternator heater
• Engine oil heater • Battery charger – stand-alone, 12 V • Improved PC1.1 display readability
• Remote control displays • Circuit breakers • Top conduit entry access
• Auxiliary output relays (2) • Enclosure Sound Level 1 to Sound
• Auxiliary configurable signal Level 2 upgrade kit
inputs (8) and relay outputs (8) • Base barrier – elevated generator
• Annunciator – RS485 set
• Audible alarm • Mufflers – industrial, residential or
critical
Control system PowerCommand 1.1

• Low coolant level warning or shutdown
• Low coolant temperature warning
• High, low and weak battery voltage warning
• Fail to start (overcrank) shutdown
• Fail to crank shutdown
• Redundant start disconnect
• Cranking lockout
• Sensor failure indication
PowerCommand control is an integrated generator set • Low fuel level warning or shutdown
control system providing voltage regulation, engine protection,
Alternator data
operator interface and isochronous governing (optional). Major
features include: • Line-to-Line and Line-to-neutral AC volts
• Battery monitoring and testing features and smart starting • 3-phase AC current
control system. • Frequency
• Standard PCCNet interface to devices such as remote • Total kVa
annunciator for NFPA 110 applications. Engine data
• Control boards potted for environmental protection. • DC voltage
• Control suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from • Lube oil pressure
-40 °C to +70 °C (-40 °F to +158 °F) and altitudes to 5000 • Coolant temperature
meters (13,000 feet).
• Engine speed
• Prototype tested; UL, CSA, and CE compliant.
Other data
• InPower™ PC-based service tool available for detailed
diagnostics. • Generator set model data
Operator/display panel • Start attempts, starts, running hours
• Manual off switch • Fault history
• Alpha-numeric display with pushbutton access for viewing • RS485 Modbus® interface
engine and alternator data and providing setup, controls and • Data logging and fault simulation (requires
adjustments (English or international symbols) InPower service tool)
• LED lamps indicating generator set running, not in auto, Digital governing (optional)
common warning, common shutdown, manual run mode and • Integrated digital electronic isochronous governor
remote start • Temperature dynamic governing
• Suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from Digital voltage regulation
-40 °C to +70 °C
• Integrated digital electronic voltage regulator
• Bargraph display (optional)
• 2-phase Line-to-Line sensing
AC protection
• Configurable torque matching
• Over current warning and shutdown
Control functions
• Over and under voltage shutdown
• Time delay start and cooldown
• Over and under frequency shutdown
• Cycle cranking
• Over excitation (loss of sensing) fault
• PCCNet interface
• Field overload
• (2) Configurable inputs
Engine protection
• (2) Configurable outputs
• Overspeed shutdown
• Remote emergency stop
• Low oil pressure warning and shutdown
• Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS) control
• High coolant temperature warning and shutdown
• Generator set exercise, field adjustable
power.cummins.com
WTP GEN-A
Options • AC output analog meters (bargraph)

• Auxiliary output relays (2) - Color-coded graphical display of:
• Remote annunciator with (3) configurable inputs and - 3-phase AC voltage
(4) configurable outputs - 3-phase current
• PMG alternator excitation - Frequency
• PowerCommand 500/550 for remote monitoring and - kVa
alarm notification (accessory) • Remote operator panel
• Auxiliary, configurable signal inputs (8) and • PowerCommand 2.3 control with AmpSentry protection
configurable relay outputs (8)
Ratings definitions
Emergency Standby Power (ESP):
Applicable for supplying power to varying electrical load
for the duration of power interruption of a reliable utility
source. Emergency Standby Power (ESP) is in
accordance with ISO 8528. Fuel Stop power in
accordance with ISO 3046, AS 2789, DIN 6271 and
BS 5514.
Limited-Time Running Power (LTP):
Applicable for supplying power to a constant electrical
load for limited hours. Limited Time Running Power (LTP)
is in accordance with ISO 8528.
Prime Power (PRP):
Applicable for supplying power to varying electrical load
for unlimited hours. Prime Power (PRP) is in accordance
with ISO 8528. Ten percent overload capability is
available in accordance with ISO 3046, AS 2789,
DIN 6271 and BS 5514.
Base Load (Continuous) Power (COP):
Applicable for supplying power continuously to a constant This outline drawing is for reference only. See respective
electrical load for unlimited hours. Continuous Power model data sheet for specific model outline drawing
(COP) in accordance with ISO 8528, ISO 3046, AS 2789, number.
DIN 6271 and BS 5514.
Do not use for installation design
power.cummins.com
WTP GEN-A
Dim “A” Dim “B” Dim “C” Set weight*wet

Model mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) kg (lbs.)
Open set
C125D6D 2867 (113) 1016 (40) 1415 (56) 1470 (3240)
C150D6D 2867 (113) 1016 (40) 1415 (56) 1470 (3240)
C175D6D 2867 (113) 1016 (40) 1415 (56) 1470 (3240)
C200D6D 2867 (113) 1016 (40) 1415 (56) 1470 (3240)
Weather protective enclosure
C125D6D 2867 (113) 1016 (40) 1836 (72) 1600 (3527)
C150D6D 2867 (113) 1016 (40) 1836 (72) 1600 (3527)
C175D6D 2867 (113) 1016 (40) 1836 (72) 1600 (3527)
C200D6D 2867 (113) 1016 (40) 1836 (72) 1600 (3527)
Sound attenuated enclosure Level 1
C125D6D 3621 (143) 1016 (40) 1836 (72) 1649 (3635)
C150D6D 3621 (143) 1016 (40) 1836 (72) 1649 (3635)
C175D6D 3621 (143) 1016 (40) 1836 (72) 1649 (3635)
C200D6D 3621 (143) 1016 (40) 1836 (72) 1649 (3635)
Sound attenuated enclosure Level 2
C125D6D 4061 (160) 1016 (40) 1836 (72) 1665 (3671)
C150D6D 4061 (160) 1016 (40) 1836 (72) 1665 (3671)
C175D6D 4061 (160) 1016 (40) 1836 (72) 1665 (3671)
C200D6D 4061 (160) 1016 (40) 1836 (72) 1665 (3671)
* Weights above are average. Actual weight varies with product configuration.
power.cummins.com
WTP GEN-A
Codes and standards

Codes or standards compliance may not be available with all model configurations – consult factory for availability.
This generator set is designed
in facilities certified to ISO 9001 The generator set is available
and manufactured in facilities Listed to UL 2200, Stationary
certified to ISO 9001 or Engine Generator Assemblies.
ISO 9002.
The Prototype Test Support
(PTS) program verifies the
performance integrity of the
Engine certified to U.S. EPA SI
generator set design. Cummins
products bearing the PTS U.S. EPA Stationary Emission Regulation
40 CFR, Part 60.
symbol meet the prototype test
requirements of NFPA 110 for
Level 1 systems.
All low voltage models are CSA International The generator set is certified to
certified to product class Building International Building Code (IBC)
4215-01. Code 2012.
Warning: Back feed to a utility system can cause electrocution and/or property damage. Do not connect to any building’s
electrical system except through an approved device or after building main switch is open.
For more information contact your local Cummins distributor or

visit power.cummins.com
©2018 Cummins Inc. All rights reserved. Cummins is a registered trademark of Cummins Inc. PowerCommand, AmpSentry, InPower and “Our energy working for you.” are trademarks of Cummins
Inc. Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Specifications are subject to change without notice.
NAS-6370-EN.DOCX (02/18) A055Y560
PS GEN-B
Specification sheet
Diesel
generator set
QSL9-G7
series engine
250 kW - 300 kW Standby
Description
® ®
Cummins commercial generator sets are fully Control system - The PowerCommand
integrated power generation systems providing electronic control is standard equipment and
optimum performance, reliability and versatility provides total genset system integration
for stationary Standby and Prime Power including automatic remote starting/stopping,
applications. precise frequency and voltage regulation, alarm
and status message display, AmpSentry™
Features protection, output metering, auto-shutdown at
Cummins heavy-duty engine - Rugged 4- fault detection and NFPA 110 Level 1
cycle, industrial diesel delivers reliable power, compliance.
low emissions and fast response to load Cooling system - Standard cooling package
changes. provides reliable running at the rated power
Alternator - Several alternator sizes offer level.
selectable motor starting capability with low Enclosures - Optional weather protective and
reactance 2/3 pitch windings, low waveform sound attenuated enclosures are available.
distortion with non-linear loads and fault clearing
short-circuit capability. Fuel tanks - Dual wall sub-base fuel tanks are
also available.
NFPA - The genset accepts full rated load in a
single step in accordance with NFPA 110 for
Level 1 systems.
distributor network.
Standby rating Prime rating Continuous rating Data sheets

60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz
Model kW (kVA) kW (kVA) kW (kVA) kW (kVA) kW (kVA) kW (kVA) 60 Hz 50 Hz
DQDAA 250 (313) 225 (281) D-3442
DQDAB 275 (344) 250 (313) D-3443
DQDAC 300 (375) 270 (338) D-3444
power.cummins.com
©2017 Cummins Inc. | S-1585 (10/17)
PS GEN-B
Generator set specifications

Governor regulation class ISO 8528 Part 1 Class G3
Voltage regulation, no load to full load ± 0.5%
Random voltage variation ± 0.5%
Frequency regulation Isochronous
Random frequency variation ± 0.5%
Radio frequency emissions compliance IEC 801.2 through IEC 801.5; MIL-STD-461C, Part 9
Engine specifications
Bore 114.0 mm (4.49 in)
Stroke 145 mm (5.69 in)
Displacement 8.9 L (543 in3)
Configuration Cast iron, in-line 6 cylinder
Battery capacity 750 amps minimum at ambient temperature of -18 °C (-0.4 °F) and
above
Battery charging alternator 70 amps
Starting voltage 24 volt, negative ground
Fuel system Direct injection: number 2 diesel fuel, fuel filter, automatic electric fuel
shutoff
Fuel filter Dual element with water separator
Air cleaner type Normal duty
Lube oil filter type(s) Single spin-on, combination full flow and bypass filters
Standard cooling system High ambient radiator
Alternator specifications
Design Brushless, 4 pole, drip proof revolving field
Stator 2/3 pitch
Rotor Single bearing, flexible discs
Insulation system Class H
Standard temperature rise 125 °C Standby, 105 ºC Prime
Exciter type Permanent Magnet Generator (PMG)
Phase rotation A (U), B (V), C (W)
Alternator cooling Direct drive centrifugal blower
AC waveform Total Harmonic Distortion (THDV) < 5% no load to full linear load, < 3% for any single harmonic
Telephone Influence Factor (TIF) < 50 per NEMA MG1-22.43
Telephone Harmonic Factor (THF) <3
Available voltages
60 Hz 3-phase 50 Hz 3-phase
Reconnectable Non-Reconnectable Reconnectable Non-Reconnectable
 110/90  120/208  277/480

 139/240  120/240  347/600
 240/416  254/440
Note: Consult factory for other voltages.
power.cummins.com
©2017 Cummins Inc. | S-1585 (10/17)
PS GEN-B
Generator set options and accessories

Engine Alternator  Fuel system
 120/240 V 1500 W coolant  105 °C rise  1022 L (270 gal) sub-base tank
heater  125 °C rise  1136 L (300 gal) sub-base tank
 120/240 V 150 W lube oil heater  120/240 V 100 W anti-  1514 L (400 gal) sub-base tank
 Heavy duty air cleaner condensation heater  1893 L (500 gal) sub-base tank
 Engine oil temperature  PMG excitation  2271 L (600 gal) sub-base tank
Control panel  Single phase  2498 L (660 gal) sub-base tank
 120/240 V 100 W control anti- Exhaust system  2725 L (720 gal) sub-base tank
condensation heater  Genset mounted muffler  5565 L (1470 gal) sub-base tank
 Exhaust pyrometer  Heavy duty exhaust elbow  Generator set
 Ground fault indication  Slip on exhaust connection  AC entrance box
 Remote fault signal package  NPT exhaust connection  Battery
 Run relay package  Battery charger
 Paralleling configuration  Export box packaging
 UL 2200 Listed
 Main line circuit breaker
 PowerCommand network
 Communications Module (NCM)
 Remote annunciator panel
 Spring isolators
 Enclosure: aluminum, steel, weather protective or
sound attenuated
 2 year Standby power warranty
 2 year Prime power warranty
 5 year Basic power warranty
 10 year major components warranty
Note: Some options may not be available on all models - consult factory for availability.
power.cummins.com
©2017 Cummins Inc. | S-1585 (10/17)
PS GEN-B
Control system PCC 2100 AmpSentry AC protection

 Over current and short-circuit shut down
 Over current warning
 Single and three phase fault regulation
 Over and under voltage shut down
 Over and under frequency shut down
 Overload warning with alarm contact
 Reverse power and reverse Var shut down
 Excitation fault
Alternator data
PowerCommand control is an integrated generator set  Line-to-Line and Line-to-Neutral AC volts
control system providing governing, voltage regulation,  Three phase AC current
engine protection and operator interface functions.
 Frequency
Major features include:
 Total and individual phase power factor, kW and kVA
 Integral AmpSentry™ protective relay providing a full
Other data
range of alternator protection functions that are
matched to the alternator provided.  Genset model data
 Battery monitoring and testing features and smart  Start attempts, starts, running hours
starting control system.  kW hours (total and since reset)
 Three phase sensing, full wave rectified voltage  Fault history
regulation system, with a PWM output for stable  Load profile (hours less than 30% and hours more
operation with all load types. than 90% load)
®
 Standard PCCNet™ and optional Echelon LonWorks
®  System data display (optional with network and other
network interface. PowerCommand gensets or transfer switches)
 Control suitable for operation in ambient temperatures Governing
from -40 °C to +70 °C (-40 °F to +158 °F) and altitudes  Digital electronic isochronous governor
to 5000 meters (13,000 feet).
 Temperature dynamic governing
 Prototype tested; UL, CSA, and CE compliant.
 InPower™ PC-based service tool available for detailed  Smart idle speed mode
diagnostics.  Glow plug control (some models)
Operator/display panel Voltage regulation
 Off/manual/auto mode switch  Digital PWM electronic voltage regulation
 Manual run/stop switch  Three phase Line-to-Neutral sensing
 Panel lamp test switch  Suitable for PMG or shunt excitation
 Emergency stop switch  Single and three phase fault regulation
 Alpha-numeric display with pushbutton access for
viewing engine and alternator data and providing setup,  Configurable torque matching
controls and adjustments Control functions
 LED lamps indicating genset running, not in auto,  Data logging on faults
common warning, common shutdown  Fault simulation (requires InPower)
 Configurable LED lamps (5)
 Time delay start and cooldown
 Configurable for local language
 Cycle cranking
Engine protection
 PCCNet interface
 Overspeed shut down
 Low oil pressure warning and shut down  Configurable customer inputs (4)
 High coolant temperature warning and shut down  Configurable customer outputs (4)
 High oil temperature warning (some models)  Configurable network inputs (8) and outputs (16)
 Low coolant level warning or shut down (with optional network)
 Low coolant temperature warning  Remote emergency stop
 High and low battery voltage warning Options
 Weak battery warning
 LED bargraph AC data display
 Dead battery shut down
 Fail to start (overcrank) shut down  Thermostatically controlled space heater
 Fail to crank shut down  Key-type mode switch
 Redundant -start disconnect  Ground fault module
 Cranking lockout  Auxiliary relays (3)
 Sensor failure indication  Echelon LONWORKS interface
Engine data
 Modlon Gateway to convert to Modbus (loose)
 DC voltage
 PowerCommand iWatch web server for remote
 Lube oil pressure monitoring and alarm notification (loose)
 Coolant temperature
 Digital input and output module(s) (loose)
 Lube oil temperature (some models)
 Engine speed  Remote annunciator (loose)
For further detail see document S-1409.
power.cummins.com
©2017 Cummins Inc. | S-1585 (10/17)
PS GEN-B
Ratings definitions
Emergency Standby Power (ESP):
Applicable for supplying power to varying electrical
load for the duration of power interruption of a reliable
utility source. Emergency Standby Power (ESP) is in
accordance with ISO 8528. Fuel Stop power in
accordance with ISO 3046, AS 2789, DIN 6271 and
BS 5514.
Limited-Time Running Power (LTP):
Applicable for supplying power to a constant electrical
load for limited hours. Limited Time Running Power
(LTP) is in accordance with ISO 8528.
Prime Power (PRP):
Applicable for supplying power to varying electrical
load for unlimited hours. Prime Power (PRP) is in
accordance with ISO 8528. Ten percent overload
capability is available in accordance with ISO 3046, This outline drawing is for reference only. See respective model
AS 2789, DIN 6271 and BS 5514. data sheet for specific model outline drawing number.
Base Load (Continuous) Power (COP):
Applicable for supplying power continuously to a
constant electrical load for unlimited hours. Do not use for installation design
Continuous Power (COP) in accordance with ISO
8528, ISO 3046, AS 2789, DIN 6271 and BS 5514.
Dimensions and weights with standard cooling system

Dim “A” Dim “B” Dim “C” Estimated set Estimated set
Model mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) weight* dry kg (lbs) weight* wet kg (lbs)
DQDAA 3023 (119.0) 1270 (50.0) 1617 (64.0) 2184 (4814) 2234 (4926)
DQDAA 3023 (119.0) 1270 (50.0) 1617 (64.0) 2184 (4814) 2234 (4926)
DQDAC 3023 (119.0) 1270 (50.0) 1617 (64.0) 2319 (5113) 2370 (5225)
Dimensions and weights with optional cooling system with seismic feature codes
L228-2 and/or L225-2
Dim “A” mm Dim “B” mm Dim “C” mm Estimated set Estimated set weight*
Model (in.) (in.) (in.) weight* dry kg (lbs) wet kg (lbs)
DQDAA 3023 (119.0) 1270 (50.0) 1676 (66.0) 2184 (4814) 2234 (4926)
DQDAB 3023 (119.0) 1270 (50.0) 1676 (66.0) 2184 (4814) 2234 (4926)
DQDAC 3023 (119.0) 1270 (50.0) 1676 (66.0) 2319 (5113) 2370 (5225)
*Note: Weights represent a set with standard features. See outline drawings for weights of other configurations.
power.cummins.com
©2017 Cummins Inc. | S-1585 (10/17)
PS GEN-B
Codes and standards

Codes or standards compliance may not be available with all model configurations – consult factory for availability.
This generator set is designed in
The PowerCommand control is
facilities certified to ISO 9001 and
Listed to UL 508 - Category
manufactured in facilities certified
NITW7 for U.S. and Canadian
to ISO 9001 or
usage.
ISO 9002.
The Prototype Test Support (PTS) Engine certified to Stationary
program verifies the performance Emergency U.S. EPA New
integrity of the generator set Source Performance
design. Cummins products Standards,40 CFR 60 subpart
bearing the PTS symbol meet the IIII Tier 3 exhaust emission
prototype test requirements of levels. U.S. applications must be
NFPA 110 for Level 1 systems. applied per this EPA regulation.
The generator set package is
available certified for seismic
application in accordance with
All low voltage models are CSA
the following International
certified to product class 4215-01.
Building Code: IBC2000,
IBC2003, IBC2006, IBC2009
and IBC2012.
For more information contact your local Cummins distributor

or visit power.cummins.com
©2017 Cummins Inc. All rights reserved. Cummins is a registered trademark of Cummins Inc. PowerCommand, AmpSentry, InPower and “Our energy working for you.” are trademarks of
Cummins Inc. Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Specifications are subject to change without notice.
S-1585 (10/17)
SECTION II
GENERATOR SET DATA

SHEETS
WTP GEN-A
NOTE: HIGHLIGHTED DATA TO BE
USEDFOR BAAQMD PERMIT
APPLICATION
Generator Set Data Sheet
Model: C150D6D
Frequency: 60 Hz
Fuel Type: Diesel
KW Rating: 150 Standby
135 Prime
Emissions level: EPA Tier 3, Stationary Emergency
Exhaust Emission Data Sheet: EDS-3044

Exhaust Emission Compliance Sheet: EPA-2033
Sound Performance Data Sheet: MSP-4008
Cooling Performance Data Sheet: MCP-2048
Prototype Test Summary Data Sheet: PTS-636
Standby Prime
Fuel Consumption kW (kVA) kW (kVA)
Ratings 150 (188) 135 (169)
Load 1/4 1/2 3/4 Full 1/4 1/2 3/4 Full
US gph 4.7 6.9 9.2 11.7 4.4 6.4 8.4 10.7
L/hr 17.78 26.11 34.82 44.28 16.65 24.22 31.79 40.49
Standby Prime
Engine rating rating
Engine Manufacturer Cummins Inc.
Engine Model QSB7-G5
Configuration Cast iron, in-line, 6 cylinders
Aspiration Turbocharged and charge air cooled
Gross Engine Power Output, kWm (bhp) 242 (324) 208 (279)
BMEP at set rated load, kPa (psi) 1763 (255.7) 1601 (232)
Bore, mm (in) 107 (4.21)
Stroke, mm (in) 124 (4.88)
Rated Speed, rpm 1800
Piston Speed, m/s (ft/min) 7.44 (1464)
Compression Ratio 17.2:1
Lube Oil Capacity, L (qt) 17.4 (18.38)
Overspeed Limit, rpm 2250
Fuel Flow
Maximum Fuel Flow, L/hr (US gph) 103 (27.0)
Maximum Fuel Inlet Restriction with Clean Filter, mm Hg (in Hg) 127 (5.0)
power.cummins.com
©2019 Cummins Inc. | NAD-6372-EN (06/19) A061Y587
WTP GEN-A
Standby Prime
Air rating rating
Combustion Air, m3/min (scfm) 14.78 (522) 14.22 (502)
Maximum Air Cleaner Restriction with Clean Filter, kPa (in H2O) 3.7 (15)
Exhaust
Exhaust Flow at set rated load, m3/min (cfm) 35.62 (1258) 33.66 (1189)
Exhaust Temperature, °C (°F) 466.67 (872) 453.89 (849)
Maximum Back Pressure, kPa (in H2O) 10 (40.19) 10 (40.19)
Actual Exhaust Back Pressure with CPG Sound level 2 Enclosure
9.5 (38.18) 8.6 (34.36)
Muffler, kPa (in H2O)
Actual Exhaust Back Pressure with CPG Weather Enclosure
7.2 (28.93) 6.5 (26)
Muffler, kPa (in H2O)
Standard Set-mounted Radiator Cooling

Ambient Design, ° C (° F) 50 (122)
Fan Load, kW m (HP) 14.02 (18.8)
Coolant Capacity (with radiator), L (US Gal) 22 (5.9)
Cooling System Air Flow, m3/min (scfm) 305.82 (10800)
Total Heat Rejection, MJ/min (Btu/min) 7.91 (7499) 7.25 (6871)
Maximum Cooling Air Flow Static Restriction, kPa (in H2O) 0.12 (0.5)
Weight2
Unit Wet Weight kgs (lbs) 1390 (3064)
Notes:
1
For non-standard remote installations contact your local Cummins Power Generation representative.
2
Weights represent a set with standard features. See outline drawing for weights of other configurations.
Derating Factors
Engine power available up to 3425 m (11237 ft.) at ambient temperatures up to 40° C (104° F) and
Standby 2298 m (7540 ft.) at 50° C (122° F). Consult your Cummins distributor for temperature and ambient
requirements outside these parameters.
Engine power available up to 2743 m (9000 ft.) at ambient temperatures up to 40° C (104° F) and
Prime 2151 m (7057 ft.) at 50° C (122° F). Consult your Cummins distributor for temperature and ambient
requirements outside these parameters.
Ratings Definitions
Limited-time Running Power Base Load (continuous) Power
Emergency Standby Power (ESP): (LTP): Prime Power (PRP): (COP):
Applicable for supplying power to Applicable for supplying power to Applicable for supplying power Applicable for supplying power
varying electrical load for the a constant electrical load for to varying electrical load for continuously to a constant
duration of power interruption of a limited hours. Limited Time unlimited hours. Prime Power electrical load for unlimited
reliable utility source. Emergency Running Power (LTP) is in (PRP) is in accordance with hours. Continuous Power
Standby Power (ESP) is in accordance with ISO 8528. ISO 8528. Ten percent overload (COP) is in accordance with
accordance with ISO 8528. Fuel capability is available in ISO 8528, ISO 3046,
Stop power in accordance with accordance with ISO 3046, AS 2789, DIN 6271 and
ISO 3046, AS 2789, DIN 6271 and AS 2789, DIN 6271 and BS 5514.
BS 5514. BS 5514.
North America
1400 73rd Avenue N.E.
Minneapolis, MN 55432
USA
Phone 763 574 5000
Fax 763 574 5298
©2019 Cummins Inc. All rights reserved.

Cummins is a registered trademarks of Cummins Inc. PowerCommand, AmpSentry, InPower
and “Our energy working for you.” are trademarks of Cummins. Other company, product, or service names
may be trademarks or service marks of others. Specifications are subject to change without notice. power.cummins.com
NAD-6372-EN (06/19) A061F587
WTP GEN-A
Alternator Data
Single
Three Phase1
Standard Alternators phase2
Maximum Temperature Rise above
120 °C 120 °C
40 °C Ambient
Feature Code BB88-2 B946-2 B986-2 B952-2 B943-2 BB86-2 BB88-2
Alternator Data Sheet Number ADS212 ADS-210 ADS-210 ADS-209 ADS-209 ADS-210 ADS-212
120/208,
Voltage Ranges 120/240 120/208 120/240 347/600 277/480 127/220 127/220,
277/480
R098,
R020,
Voltage Feature Code R104 R098-2 R106-2 R114-2 R002-2 R020-2
R106,
R002
Surge kW 205.9 210.2 211.4 211.1 211.4 210.7 211.6
Motor Starting kVA (at 90% sustained
770 563 563 516 516 563 770
voltage) Shunt
920 663 663 607 607 663 920
voltage) PMG
Full Load Current Amps at Standby
625 520 451 180 226 492 226 to 520
Rating
Alternator Data
Standard Alternators Single phase2 Three phase1
Maximum Temperature Rise above
105 °C 105 °C 105 °C 105 °C 105 °C 105 °C
40 °C Ambient
Feature Code BB87-2 BB93-2 BB94-2 BB95-2 BB92-2 BB85-2
Alternator Data Sheet Number ADS-212 ADS-210 ADS-210 ADS-209 ADS-209 ADS-210
Voltage Ranges 120/240 120/208 120/240 277/480 347/600 127/220
Voltage Feature Code R104-2 R098-2 R106-2 R002-2 R114-2 R020-2
Surge kW 205.9 210.2 211.4 211.4 210.7 211.6
770 563 563 516 516 563
voltage) Shunt
920 663 663 607 607 663
voltage) PMG
Full Load Current Amps at Standby
625 520 451 226 180 492
Rating
Notes:
1 Single phase power can be taken from a three phase generator set at up to 2/3 set rated 3-phase kW at 1.0 power factor
2 Full single phase output up to full set rated 3-phase kW at 1.0 power factor
Formulas for Calculating Full Load Currents:

Three phase output Single phase output
kW x 1000 kW x SinglePhas eFactor x 1000

Voltage x 1.73 x 0.8 Voltage
Warning: Back feed to a utility system can cause electrocution and/or property damage. Do not connect to any building’s electrical system
except through an approved device or after building main switch is open.
North America
1400 73rd Avenue N.E.
Minneapolis, MN 55432
USA
Phone 763 574 5000
Fax 763 574 5298
©2019 Cummins Inc. All rights reserved.

Cummins is a registered trademarks of Cummins Inc. PowerCommand, AmpSentry, InPower
and “Our energy working for you.” are trademarks of Cummins. Other company, product, or service names
may be trademarks or service marks of others. Specifications are subject to change without notice. power.cummins.com
NAD-6372-EN (06/19) A061F587
PS GEN-B
Generator set data sheet
Model: DQDAA
Frequency: 60 Hz USEDFOR BAAQMD PERMIT
APPLICATION
Fuel type: Diesel
kW rating: 250 Standby
225 Prime
Emissions level: EPA NSPS Stationary Emergency Tier 3
Exhaust emission data sheet: EDS-1073

Exhaust emission compliance sheet: EPA-1101
Sound performance data sheet: MSP-1026
Cooling performance data sheet: MCP-163
Prototype test summary data sheet: PTS-164
Standard set-mounted radiator cooling outline: A048R355
Optional set-mounted radiator cooling outline with A041F591
seismic feature codes L228-2 (IBC) or L225-2
(OSHPD):
Standby Prime Continuous

Fuel consumption kW (kVA) kW (kVA) kW (kVA)
Ratings 250 (313) 225 (281)
Load 1/4 1/2 3/4 Full 1/4 1/2 3/4 Full Full
US gph 6.0 10.5 15.1 19.6 5.5 9.5 13.6 17.7
L/hr 22.5 39.7 56.9 74.2 20.7 36.1 51.5 67.0
Engine Standby rating Prime rating Continuous rating

Engine manufacturer Cummins Inc.
Engine model QSL9-G7
Configuration Cast iron, in-line 6 cylinder
Aspiration Turbocharged and after-cooled
Gross engine power output, kW m (bhp) 346 (464) 312 (419)
BMEP at set rated load, kPa (psi) 2606 (378) 2351 (341)
Bore, mm (in.) 114.0 (4.49)
Stroke, mm (in.) 145 (5.69)
Rated speed, rpm 1800
Piston speed, m/s (ft/min) 8.7 (1707.0)
Compression ratio 16.1:1
Lube oil capacity, L (qt) 30.0 (31.7)
Overspeed limit, rpm 2070 ± 50
Regenerative power, kW 35.00
Fuel flow
Maximum fuel flow, L/hr (US gph) 138.1 (36.5)
Maximum fuel inlet restriction, mm Hg (in Hg) 152.4 (6.0)
Maximum return restriction, mm Hg (in Hg) 254.0 (10.0)
power.cummins.com
©2017 Cummins Inc. | D-3442 (10/17)
PS GEN-B
Air Standby rating Prime rating Continuous rating

3
Combustion air, m /min (scfm) 22.3 (787) 20.8 (733)
Maximum air cleaner restriction, kPa (in H2O) 6.2 (25.0)
3
Alternator cooling air, m /min (cfm) 59.4 (2100.0)
Exhaust
3
Exhaust flow at set rated load, m /min (cfm) 54.6 (1927) 50.8 (1796)
Exhaust temperature, °C (°F) 525 (977) 495 (923)
Maximum back pressure, kPa (in H2O) 10.2 (41.0)
Standard set-mounted radiator cooling (non-seismic)

Ambient design, °C (°F) 50 (122)
Fan load, kW m (HP) 26.09 (35)
Coolant capacity (with radiator), L (US gal) 34.29 (9.06)
3
Cooling system air flow, m /min (scfm) 427.58 (15100)
Total heat rejection, MJ/min (Btu/min) 8.93 (8467.0) 8.55 (8104.0)
Maximum cooling air flow static restriction, kPa (in H2O) 0.12 (0.5)
Optional set-mounted radiator cooling (with seismic feature codes L228-2 (IBC)
and/or L225-2 (OSHPD)
Ambient design, °C (°F) 50 (122)
Fan load, kW m (HP) 27.8 (37.2)
Coolant capacity (with radiator), L (US gal) 30.3 (8.0)
3
Cooling system air flow, m /min (scfm) 568.1 (20075.0)
Total heat rejection, MJ/min (Btu/min) 8.93 (8467.0) 8.55 (8104.0)
Maximum cooling air flow static restriction, kPa (in H2O) 0.12 (0.5)
power.cummins.com
©2017 Cummins Inc. | D-3442 (10/17)
PS GEN-B
Weights2
Unit dry weight kgs (lbs) 2184 (4814)
Unit wet weight kgs (lbs) 2234 (4926)
Notes:
1
For non-standard remote installations contact your local Cummins representative.
2
Weights represent a set with standard features. See outline drawing for weights of other configurations.
Derating factors
Engine power available up to 1494 m (4900 ft) at ambient temperature up to 40 °C
(104 °F). Above these elevations, derate at 7% per 400m (1312 ft). Above 40 °C
Standby
(104 °F) derate 5.5% per 10 °C (18 °F). Derates must be combined when both altitude of
1494 m (4900 ft) and temperature of 40 °C (104 °F) are exceeded.
Engine power available up to 1452 m (4764 ft) at ambient temperature up to 40 °C
(104 °F). Above these elevations, derate at 7% per 400m (1312 ft). Above 40 °C
Prime
(104 °F) derate 5.5% per 10 °C (18 °F). Derates must be combined when both altitude of
1452 m (4764 ft) and temperature of 40 °C (104 °F) are exceeded.
Continuous
Ratings definitions
Emergency Standby Limited-Time Running Prime Power (PRP): Base Load (Continuous)
Power (ESP): Power (LTP): Power (COP):
Applicable for supplying Applicable for supplying Applicable for supplying Applicable for supplying
power to varying electrical power to a constant power to varying electrical power continuously to a
load for the duration of electrical load for limited load for unlimited hours. constant electrical load for
power interruption of a hours. Limited-Time Prime Power (PRP) is in unlimited hours. Continuous
reliable utility source. Running Power (LTP) is in accordance with ISO 8528. Power (COP) is in
Emergency Standby Power accordance with ISO 8528. Ten percent overload accordance with ISO 8528,
(ESP) is in accordance with capability is available in ISO 3046, AS 2789,
ISO 8528. Fuel stop power accordance with ISO 3046, DIN 6271 and BS 5514.
in accordance with AS 2789, DIN 6271 and
ISO 3046, AS 2789, BS 5514.
DIN 6271 and BS 5514.
Alternator data
Three phase
80 °C 80 °C 80 °C 80 °C 105 °C 105 °C 105 °C 125 °C 125 °C 125 °C 105 °C 125 °C
table1
Feature code B260 B257 B251 B302 B259 B256 B301 B258 B252 B246 B247 B300
Alternator data
342 341 341 341 341 341 340 341 340 340 340 340
sheet number
110/190 120/208 110/190 120/208 110/190 120/208
thru thru thru thru thru thru
139/240 139/240 139/240 139/240 139/240 139/240
Voltage ranges 277/480 347/600 347/600 277/480 277/480 347/600
220/380 240/416 220/380 240/416 220/380 240/416
thru thru thru thru thru thru
277/480 277/480 277/480 277/480 277/480 277/480
Surge kW 322 322 322 322 322 322 322 322 322 322 322 322
Motor
starting
kVA Shunt
(at 90%
sustained
voltage) PMG 1372 1210 1210 1210 1210 1210 1028 1210 1028 1028 1028 1028
Full load current -

120/208 127/220 139/240 220/380 240/416 254/440 277/480 347/600
amps at Standby
867 820 752 475 434 410 376 301
rating
Note:
1
Single phase power can be taken from a three phase generator set at up to 2/3 set rated 3-phase kW at 1.0 power factor.
Also see Note 3 below
power.cummins.com
©2017 Cummins Inc. | D-3442 (10/17)
PS GEN-B
Formulas for calculating full load currents:

Three phase output Single phase output
kW x 1000 kW x SinglePhaseFactor x 1000

Voltage x 1.73 x 0.8 Voltage

D-3442 (10/17)
SECTION III
ALTERNATOR DATA SHEETS

WTP GEN-A
Alternator data sheet Frame size: UC3G

Characteristics
Weights: Wound stator assembly: 434 lb 197 kg
Rotor assembly: 465 lb 211 kg
Complete alternator: 1290 lb 585 kg
Maximum speed: 2250 rpm
Excitation current: Full load: 2 Amps
No load: 0.5 Amps
Insulation system: Class H throughout
1 ∅ Ratings (1.0 power factor) 60 Hz 50 Hz
(Based on specific temperature rise at 40 °C Double delta 4 lead Double delta
ambient temperature)
110-120
120/240 120/240 220-240
125 °C rise ratings kW/kVA 120/120 150/150 105/105
105 °C rise ratings kW/kVA 113/113 135/135 96/96
3 ∅ Ratings (0.8 power factor) Upper broad range LBR* 347/600 Broad range
(Based on specified temperature rise 120/208 139/240 190-208 110/190 120/208 127/220
at 40 °C ambient temperature) 240/416 277/480 380-416 347/600 220/380 240/415 254/440
kW 166 192 166 192 146 146 142
150 °C Rise ratings
kVA 108 240 208 240 182 182 178
kW 160 180 160 180 140 140 137
kVA 200 225 200 225 175 175 171
kW 150 165 150 165 128 128 125
kVA 188 206 188 206 160 160 156
kW 130 140 130 140 111 111 108
80 °C Rise ratings
kVA 163 175 163 175 139 139 135
3 ∅ Reactances (per unit, ±10%)
(Based on full load at 105 °C rise rating)

Synchronous 2.34 1.93 1.75 1.61 1.99 1.67 1.45
Transient 0.20 0.17 0.15 0.14 0.17 0.14 0.12
Subtransient 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.10 0.12 0.10 0.09
Negative sequence 0.15 0.12 0.11 0.11 0.12 0.10 0.09
Zero sequence 0.09 0.08 0.06 0.06 0.08 0.06 0.06
3 ∅ Motor starting
Maximum kVA (Shunt) 563 563 563 400
(90% sustained voltage) (PMG) 663 663 663 500
Time constants (Sec)
Transient 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038

Subtransient 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.012
Open circuit 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000
DC 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010
Cummins Inc. Data and specification subject to change without notice ADS-210
(10/17)
WTP GEN-A
Alternator data sheet Frame size: UC3G

Windings (@ 20° C)
Stator resistance (Line to Line, Ohms) 0.0420 0.0340 0.0550 0.0420

Rotor resistance (Ohms) 1.6600 1.6600 1.6600 1.6600
Number of leads 12 12 6 12
* Lower broad range 110/190 thru 120/208, 220/380 thru 240/416.
Cummins Inc. Data and specification subject to change without notice ADS-210
(10/17)
PS GEN-B
ALTERNATOR DATA SHEET Frame Size HCI434D

CHARACTERISTICS 1-brg w/coupling adaptor
WEIGHTS: Stator Assembly: 926 lb 420 kg
Rotor Assembly: 818 lb 371 kg
Complete Assembly: 2097 lb 951 kg
MAXIMUM SPEED: 2250 rpm
EXCITATION CURRENT: Full Load 2.00 Amps
No Load 0.50 Amps
INSULATION SYSTEM: Class H Throughout
3 RATINGS (0.8 power 60 Hz (winding no) 50 Hz (winding no)

factor) 110/190 120/208 139/240 110/190 115/200 120/208 127/220
347/600
(Based on specific temperature rise at 40qC 220/380 240/416 277/480
(17)
220/380 230/400 240/415 254/440
ambient temperature) (311) (311) (311) (311) (311) (311) (311)
150qC Rise Ratings kW 264 292 320 320 256 256 256 248
kVA 330 365 400 400 320 320 320 310
kVA 310 344 375 375 300 300 300 290
kVA 288 315 345 345 280 280 280 270
80qC Rise Ratings kW 200 218.4 240 240 192 192 192 182.4
kVA 250 273 300 300 240 240 240 228
REACTANCES (per unit r 110/190 120/208 139/240 110/190 115/200 120/208 127/220
347/600
220/380 240/416 277/480 220/380 230/400 240/415 254/440
10%) (07)
(311) (311) (311) (311) (311) (311) (311)
(Based on full load at 125C Rise Rating)
3.89 3.60 2.95 2.97 3.16 2.85 2.65 2.28
Synchronous
Transient 0.24 0.22 0.18 0.18 0.20 0.18 0.17 0.15
Subtransient 0.16 0.15 0.12 0.13 0.14 0.13 0.12 0.10
Negative Sequence 0.30 0.28 0.23 0.23 0.26 0.24 0.22 0.19
Zero Sequence 0.11 0.10 0.08 0.08 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07
MOTOR STARTING Broad Range 600 Broad Range

Maximum kVA (90% Sustained
1028 1028 762
Voltage)
TIME CONSTANTS Broad Range 600 Broad Range
(Sec)
Transient 0.080 0.080 0.080

Subtransient 0.019 0.019 0.019
Open Circuit 1.700 1.700 1.700
DC 0.018 0.018 0.018
WINDINGS Broad Range 600 Broad Range

(@20qC)
Stator Resistance (Ohms per phase) 0.0272 0.0400 0.0272
Rotor Resistance (Ohms) 1.0400 1.0400 1.0400
Number of Leads 12 6 12
Single phase power can be taken up to 50% of 3 phase- ratings
Cummins Power Generation Specification May Change Without Notice ads-340a

PS GEN-B
Alternator Data Sheet Frame Size HCI434D
Winding 311
50
THREE PHASE EFFICIENCY CURVES Hz

PS GEN-B

Winding 311
60
THREE PHASE EFFICIENCY CURVES
Hz

PS GEN-B

Winding 311
Locked Rotor Motor Starting Curve
50
Hz
MX SX
346V 380V 400V 415V 440V 346V 380V 400V 415V 440V
30 30
25 25
20
P E R C E N T T R A N S IE N T V O L T A G E D IP .
20
15 15
10 10
5 5
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
LOCKED ROTOR kVA LOCKED ROTOR kVA
60
Hz
MX SX
380V 416V 440V 460V 480V 380V 416V 440V 460V 480V
30 30
25 25
20
20
15 15
10 10
5 5
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
LOCKED ROTOR kVA LOCKED ROTOR kVA

PS GEN-B
Three-phase Short Circuit Decrement Curve. No-load Excitation at Rated Speed
Based on star (wye) connection.
50 10000
Hz
SYMMETRICAL
ASYMMETRICAL
CURRE NT (Am ps)
1000
100
0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10
TIME (secs)
Sustained Short Circuit = 1,200 Amps
60 10000
Hz
SYMMETRICAL
ASYMMETRICAL
CURRENT (Am ps)
1000
100
0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10
TIME (secs)
Sustained Short Circuit = 1,300 Amps

Note 1 Note 2
The following multiplication factors should be The following multiplication factor should be used to convert the
used to adjust the values from curve between values calculated in accordance with NOTE 1 to those applicable to
time 0.001 seconds and the minimum current the various types of short circuit :
point in respect of nominal operating voltage :
50Hz 60Hz 3-phase 2-phase L-L 1-phase L-N
Voltage Factor Voltage Factor Instantaneous x 1.00 x 0.87 x 1.30
380v X 1.00 416v X 1.00 Minimum x 1.00 x 1.80 x 3.20
400v X 1.05 440v X 1.06 Sustained x 1.00 x 1.50 x 2.50
415v X 1.09 460v X 1.10 Max. sustained duration 10 sec. 5 sec. 2 sec.
440v X 1.16 480v X 1.15 All other times are unchanged
The sustained current value is constant irrespective of
voltage level
Note 3
Curves are drawn for Star (Wye) connected machines. For other
connection the following multipliers should be applied to current
values as shown :
Parallel Star = Curve current value X 2
Series Delta = Curve current value X 1.732
Cummins
c Power Generation Specification May change WIthout Notice. ads-340a
SECTION IV
CONTROL PANEL DATA

SHEETS
WTP GEN-A
Specification Sheet
PowerCommand®
2.3 Control System
Control System Description Features

The PowerCommand control system is a • 320 x 240 pixels graphic LED backlight LCD.
microprocessor-based generator set monitoring, • Multiple language support.
metering and control system designed to meet the
• AmpSentry™ protective relay - true alternator
demands of today’s engine driven generator sets. The
overcurrent protection.
integration of all control functions into a single control
system provides enhanced reliability and • Real time clock for fault and event time stamping.
performance, compared to conventional generator set • Exerciser clock and time of day start/stop.
control systems. These control systems have been • Digital voltage regulation. Three phase full wave
designed and tested to meet the harsh environment in FET type regulator compatible with either shunt or
which gensets are typically applied. PMG systems.
• Generator set monitoring and protection.
• 12 and 24 VDC battery operation.
• Modbus® interface for interconnecting to customer
equipment.
• Warranty and service. Backed by a comprehensive
warranty and worldwide distributor service network.
• Certifications - suitable for use on generator sets
that are designed, manufactured, tested and
certified to relevant UL, NFPA, ISO, IEC, Mil Std.,
CE and CSA standards.
power.cummins.com
©2019 Cummins Inc. | PDPDS-1569 | PD00000157 | (09/19)
WTP GEN-A
• Environmental protection - The control system is designed

PowerCommand Digital for reliable operation in harsh environments. The main
Genset Control control board is a fully encapsulated module that is
protected from the elements.
PCC 2300 • Modbus interface for interconnecting to customer
equipment.
• Configurable inputs and outputs - Four discrete inputs and
four dry contact relay outputs.
• Warranty and service - Backed by a comprehensive
warranty and worldwide distributor service network.
• Certifications - Suitable for use on generator sets that are
designed, manufactured, tested and certified to relevant
UL, NFPA, ISO, IEC, Mil Std., CE and CSA standards.
Base Control Functions
Description HMI capability
The PowerCommand generator set control is suitable for Operator adjustments - The HMI includes provisions for
use on a wide range of generator sets in non-paralleling many set up and adjustment functions.
applications. The PowerCommand control is compatible Generator set hardware data - Access to the control and
with shunt or PMG excitation style. It is suitable for use with software part number, generator set rating in kVA and
reconnectable or non-reconnectable generators, and it can generator set model number is provided from the HMI or
be configured for any frequency, voltage and power InPower.
connection from 120-600 VAC Line-to-Line.
Data logs - Includes engine run time, controller on time,
Power for this control system is derived from the generator number of start attempts, total kWh, and load profile (control
set starting batteries. The control functions over a voltage logs data indicating the operating hours at percent of rated
range from 8 VDC to 30 VDC. kW load, in 5% increments. The data is presented on the
Features operation panel based on total operating hours on the
generator.)
• 12 and 24 VDC battery operation.
Fault history - Provides a record of the most recent fault
• Digital voltage regulation - Three phase full wave FET conditions with control date and time stamp. Up to 32
type regulator compatible with either shunt or PMG events are stored in the control non-volatile memory.
systems. Sensing is three phase.
Alternator data
• Full authority engine communications (where applicable) -
Provides communication and control with the Engine - Voltage (single or three phase Line-to-Line and Line-to-
Control Module (ECM). Neutral)
• AmpSentry protection - for true alternator overcurrent - Current (single or three phase)
protection. - kW, kVar, power factor, kVA (three phase and total)
• Common harnessing - with higher feature Cummins - Frequency
controls. Allows for easy field upgrades. Engine data
• Generator set monitoring - Monitors status of all critical - Starting battery voltage
engine and alternator functions.
- Engine speed
• Digital genset metering (AC and DC).
- Engine temperature
• Genset battery monitoring system to sense and warn
against a weak battery condition. - Engine oil pressure
• Configurable for single or three phase AC metering. - Engine oil temperature
• Engine starting - Includes relay drivers for starter, Fuel - Intake manifold temperature
Shut Off (FSO), glow plug/spark ignition power and switch - Comprehensive Full Authority Engine (FAE) data (where
B+ applications. applicable)
• Generator set protection – Protects engine and alternator. Service adjustments - The HMI includes provisions for
• Real time clock for fault and event time stamping. adjustment and calibration of generator set control
• Exerciser clock and time of day start/stop. functions. Adjustments are protected by a password.
Functions include:
• Advanced serviceability - using InPower™, a PC-based
software service tool.
power.cummins.com
©2019 Cummins Inc. | PDS-1569 | PD00000157 | (09/19)
WTP GEN-A
Service adjustments (continued) Time delay start and stop (cooldown) - Configurable for
- Engine speed governor adjustments time delay of 0-300 seconds prior to starting after receiving
a remote start signal and for time delay of 0-600 seconds
- Voltage regulation adjustments prior to shut down after signal to stop in normal operation
- Cycle cranking modes. Default for both time delay periods is 0 seconds.
- Configurable fault set up
Alternator control
- Configurable output set up
The control includes an integrated three phase Line-to-
- Meter calibration
Line sensing voltage regulation system that is compatible
- Display language and units of measurement with shunt or PMG excitation systems. The voltage
Engine control regulation system is a three phase full wave rectified and
has an FET output for good motor starting capability.
SAE-J1939 CAN interface to full authority ECMs (where Major system features include:
applicable). Provides data swapping between genset and Digital output voltage regulation - Capable of regulating
engine controller for control, metering and diagnostics. output voltage to within +/-1.0% for any loads between no
12 VDC/24 VDC battery operations - PowerCommand will load and full load. Voltage drift will not exceed +/- 1.5% for
operate either on 12 VDC or 24 VDC batteries. a 40 ºC (104 ºF) change in temperature in an eight hour
Temperature dependent governing dynamics (with period. On engine starting or sudden load acceptance,
electronic governing) - modifies the engine governing voltage is controlled to a maximum of 5% overshoot over
control parameters as a function of engine temperature. nominal level. The automatic voltage regulator feature can
This allows the engine to be more responsive when warm be disabled to allow the use of an external voltage
and more stable when operating at lower temperature regulator.
levels. Droop voltage regulation - Control can be adjusted to
Isochronous governing - (where applicable) Capable of droop from 0-10% from no load to full load.
controlling engine speed within +/-0.25% for any steady Torque-matched V/Hz overload control - The voltage roll-
state load from no load to full load. Frequency drift will not off set point and rate of decay (i.e. the slope of the V/Hz
exceed +/-0.5% for a 33 °C (60 °F) change in ambient curve) is adjustable in the control.
temperature over an 8 hour period. Fault current regulation - PowerCommand will regulate the
Droop electronic speed governing - Control can be output current on any phase to a maximum of three times
adjusted to droop from 0 to 10% from no load to full load. rated current under fault conditions for both single phase
Remote start mode - It accepts a ground signal from and three phase faults. In conjunction with a permanent
remote devices to automatically start the generator set and magnet generator, it will provide three times rated current
immediately accelerate to rated speed and voltage. The on all phases for motor starting and short circuit
remote start signal will also wake up the control from sleep coordination purpose.
mode. The control can incorporate a time delay start and
stop.
Protective Functions
Remote and local emergency stop - The control accepts a On operation of a protective function the control will
ground signal from a local (genset mounted) or remote indicate a fault by illuminating the appropriate status LED
(facility mounted) emergency stop switch to cause the on the HMI, as well as display the fault code and fault
generator set to immediately shut down. The generator set description on the LCD. The nature of the fault and time of
is prevented from running or cranking with the switch occurrence are logged in the control. The service manual
engaged. If in sleep mode, activation of either emergency and InPower service tool provide service keys and
stop switch will wakeup the control. procedures based on the service codes provided.
Sleep mode - The control includes a configurable low Protective functions include:
current draw state to minimize starting battery current draw Battle short mode
when the genset is not operating. The control can also be
configured to go into a low current state while in auto for When enabled and the battle short switch is active, the
prime applications or applications without a battery control will allow some shutdown faults to be bypassed. If
charger. a bypassed shutdown fault occurs, the fault code and
Engine starting - The control system supports automatic description will still be annunciated, but the genset will not
engine starting. Primary and backup start disconnects are shutdown. This will be followed by a fail to shutdown fault.
achieved by one of two methods: magnetic pickup or main Emergency stop shutdowns and others that are critical for
alternator output frequency. The control also supports proper operation are not bypassed. Please refer to the
configurable glow plug control when applicable. control application guide or manual for list of these faults.
Cycle cranking - Is configurable for the number of starting
cycles (1 to 7) and duration of crank and rest periods.
Control includes starter protection algorithms to prevent
the operator from specifying a starting sequence that might
be damaging.
power.cummins.com
WTP GEN-A
Derate
The derate function reduces output power of the genset
in response to a fault condition. If a derate command
occurs while operating on an isolated bus, the control will
issue commands to reduce the load on the genset via
contact closures or modbus.
Configurable alarm and status inputs
The control accepts up to four alarm or status inputs
(configurable contact closed to ground or open) to
indicate a configurable (customer-specified) condition.
The control is programmable for warning, shutdown or
status indication and for labeling the input.
Emergency stop
Annunciated whenever either emergency stop signal is
received from external switch.
Full authority electronic engine protection
Engine fault detection is handled inside the engine ECM.
Fault information is communicated via the SAE-J1939
data link for annunciation in the HMI.
General engine protection
Low and high battery voltage warning - Indicates status High AC voltage shutdown (59) - Output voltage on any
of battery charging system (failure) by continuously phase exceeds preset values. Time to trip is inversely
monitoring battery voltage. proportional to amount above threshold. Values adjustable
Weak battery warning - The control system will test the from 105-125% of nominal voltage, with time delay
battery each time the generator set is signaled to start adjustable from 0.1-10 seconds. Default value is 110% for
and indicate a warning if the battery indicates impending 10 seconds.
failure. Low AC voltage shutdown (27) - Voltage on any phase has
Fail to start (overcrank) shutdown - The control system dropped below a preset value. Adjustable over a range of
will indicate a fault if the generator set fails to start by the 50-95% of reference voltage, time delay 2-20 seconds.
completion of the engine crack sequence. Default value is 85% for 10 seconds. Function tracks
Fail to crank shutdown - Control has signaled starter to reference voltage. Control does not nuisance trip when
crank engine but engine does not rotate. voltage varies due to the control directing voltage to drop,
such as during a V/Hz roll-off during synchronizing.
Cranking lockout - The control will not allow the starter to
attempt to engage or to crank the engine when the Under frequency shutdown (81 u) - Generator set output
engine is rotating. frequency cannot be maintained. Settings are adjustable
from 2-10 Hz below reference governor set point, for a 5- 20
Alternator protection second time delay. Default: 6 Hz, 10 seconds.
Under frequency protection is disabled when excitation is
AmpSentry protective relay - A comprehensive
switched off, such as when engine is operating in idle speed
monitoring and control system integral to the
mode.
PowerCommand Control System that guards the
electrical integrity of the alternator and power system by Over frequency shutdown/warning (81 o) - Generator set is
providing protection against a wide array of fault operating at a potentially damaging frequency level. Settings
conditions in the generator set or in the load. It also are adjustable from 2-10 Hz above nominal governor set
provides single and three phase fault current regulation point for a 1-20 second time delay. Default: 6 Hz,
so that downstream protective devices have the 20 seconds, disabled.
maximum current available to quickly clear fault
conditions without subjecting the alternator to potentially
catastrophic failure conditions. See document R1053 for
a full size time over current curve.
power.cummins.com
WTP GEN-A
Overcurrent warning/shutdown - Thresholds and time - Configurable relay outputs: Control includes (4) relay output
delays are configurable. Implementation of the thermal contacts (3 A, 30 VDC). These outputs can be configured
damage curve with instantaneous trip level calculated to activate on any control warning or shutdown fault as well
based on current transformer ratio and application power as ready to load, not in auto, common alarm, common
rating. warning and common shutdown.
Loss of sensing voltage shutdown - Shutdown of - Ready to load (generator set running) signal: Operates
generator set will occur on loss of voltage sensing inputs when the generator set has reached 90% of rated speed
to the control. and voltage and latches until generator set is switched to
Field overload shutdown - Monitors field voltage to off or idle mode.
shutdown generator set when a field overload condition
occurs. Communications connections include:
Over load (kW) warning - Provides a warning indication - PC tool interface: This RS-485 communication port allows
when engine is operating at a load level over a set point. the control to communicate with a personal computer
Adjustment range: 80-140% of application rated kW, running InPower software.
0-120 second delay. Defaults: 105%, 60 seconds. - Modbus RS-485 port: Allows the control to communicate
Reverse power shutdown (32) - Adjustment range: with external devices such as PLCs using Modbus
5-20% of standby kW rating, delay 1-15 seconds. protocol.
Default: 10%, 3 seconds. Note - An RS-232 or USB to RS-485 converter is required
Reverse Var shutdown - Shutdown level is adjustable: for communication between PC and control.
15-50% of rated Var output, delay 10-60 seconds. - Networking: This RS-485 communication port allows
Default: 20%, 10 seconds. connection from the control to the other Cummins products.
Short circuit protection - Output current on any phase is
more than 175% of rating and approaching the thermal Mechanical Drawings
damage point of the alternator. Control includes
algorithms to protect alternator from repeated over
current conditions over a short period of time.
Field Control Interface
Input signals to the PowerCommand control
include:
- Coolant level (where applicable)
- Fuel level (where applicable)
- Remote emergency stop
- Remote fault reset
- Remote start
- Battleshort
- Rupture basin
- Start type signal
- Configurable inputs - Control includes (4) input signals
from customer discrete devices that are configurable
for warning, shutdown or status indication, as well as
message displayed
Output signals from the PowerCommand
control include:
- Load dump signal: Operates when the generator set is
in an overload condition.
- Delayed off signal: Time delay based output which will
continue to remain active after the control has removed
the run command. Adjustment range:
0 – 120 seconds. Default: 0 seconds.
power.cummins.com
WTP GEN-A
• Two tactile feel membrane switches dedicated to control of

PowerCommand Human circuit breaker (where applicable).
Machine Interface • Allows for complete genset control setup.
• Certifications: Suitable for use on generator sets that are
HMI320 designed, manufactured, tested and certified to relevant
UL, NFPA, ISO, IEC, Mil Std., CE and CSA standards.
• LCD languages supported: English, Spanish, French,
German, Italian, Greek, Dutch, Portuguese, Finnish,
Norwegian, Danish, Russian and Chinese Characters.
Communications connections include:
• PC tool interface - This RS-485 communication port allows
the HMI to communicate with a personal computer running
InPower.
• This RS-485 communication port allows the HMI to
Description communicate with the main control board.
This control system includes an intuitive operator Mechanical Drawing
interface panel that allows for complete genset control
as well as system metering, fault annunciation,
configuration and diagnostics. The interface includes
five genset status LED lamps with both internationally
accepted symbols and English text to comply with
customer’s needs. The interface also includes an LED
backlit LCD display with tactile feel soft-switches for
easy operation and screen navigation. It is configurable
for units of measurement and has adjustable screen
contrast and brightness.
The run/off/auto switch function is integrated into the
interface panel.
All data on the control can be viewed by scrolling
through screens with the navigation keys. The control
displays the current active fault and a time-ordered
history of the five previous faults.
Features Software
• LED indicating lamps: InPower (beyond 6.5 version) is a PC-based software service
- Genset running tool that is designed to directly communicate to
PowerCommand generator sets and transfer switches, to
- Remote start
facilitate service and monitoring of these products.
- Not in auto
Environment
- Shutdown
The control is designed for proper operation without
- Warning
recalibration in ambient temperatures from -40 ºC to +70º C
- Auto (-40 ºF to 158 ºF) and for storage from -55 ºC to +80 ºC (-67
- Manual and stop ºF to 176 ºF). Control will operate with humidity up to 95%,
• 320 x 240 pixels graphic LED backlight LCD. non-condensing.
The HMI is designed for proper operation in ambient
• Four tactile feel membrane switches for LCD defined
temperatures from -20 ºC to +70 ºC (-4 ºF to 158 ºF) and for
operation. The functions of these switches are defined
storage from -30 ºC to +80 ºC (-22 ºF to 176 ºF).
dynamically on the LCD.
The control board is fully encapsulated to provide superior
• Seven tactile feel membrane switches dedicated resistance to dust and moisture. Display panel has a single
screen navigation buttons for up, down, left, right, ok, membrane surface, which is impervious to effects of dust,
home and cancel. moisture, oil and exhaust fumes. This panel uses a sealed
• Six tactile feel membrane switches dedicated to membrane to provide long reliable service life in harsh
control for auto, stop, manual, manual start, fault reset environments.
and lamp test/panel lamps. The control system is specifically designed and tested for
resistance to RFI/EMI and to resist effects of vibration to
provide a long reliable life when mounted on a generator set.
The control includes transient voltage surge suppression to
provide compliance to referenced standards.
power.cummins.com
WTP GEN-A
Certifications Warranty
PowerCommand meets or exceeds the requirements of the All components and subsystems are covered by an express
following codes and standards: limited one year warranty. Other optional and extended
- NFPA 110 for level 1 and 2 systems. factory warranties and local distributor maintenance
agreements are available.
- ISO 8528-4: 1993 compliance, controls and switchgear.
- CE marking: The control system is suitable for use on
generator sets to be CE-marked.
- EN50081-1,2 residential/light industrial emissions or
industrial emissions.
- EN50082-1,2 residential/light industrial or industrial
susceptibility.
- ISO 7637-2, level 2; DC supply surge voltage test.
- Mil Std 202C, Method 101 and ASTM B117: Salt fog test.
- UL 6200 recognized and suitable for use on UL 2200
Listed generator sets.
- CSA C282-M1999 compliance
- CSA 22.2 No. 14 M91 industrial controls.
- PowerCommand control systems and generator sets are
designed and manufactured in ISO 9001 certified facilities.

PDS-1569 | PD00000157 | (09/19)
PS GEN-B
Specification sheet
PowerCommand®
2100 digital
generator set
control
Description Features
The PowerCommand 2100 control is a Digital engine speed governing controls -
microprocessor-based generator set monitoring, Provide isochronous frequency regulation
metering and control system. The control (optional on some genset models).
provides an operator interface to the genset,
Digital voltage regulation - 3-phase sensing.
digital voltage regulation, digital governing and
™
generator set protective functions. The AmpSentry protective relay - UL Listed, true
integration of all the functions into a single alternator over current protection.
control system provides enhanced reliability and
Analog and digital AC output metering.
performance compared to conventional control
systems. Battery monitoring system - Senses and
warns against a weak battery condition.
The PowerCommand control is designed for
mounting on the generator set and is suitable for Digital alarm and status message display.
use on a wide range of generator sets in non-
paralleling applications. The PowerCommand Generator set monitoring - Displays status of
control will directly read AC voltages up to all critical engine and alternator functions.
600 VAC and can be configured for any Smart starting control system - Temperature
frequency, voltage and power connection dynamic integrated fuel ramping to limit black
configuration from 120 to 600 VAC. smoke and frequency overshoot, in addition to
The control offers a wide range of standard optimized cold weather starting.
control and digital display features so custom PCCNet interface - A proprietary RS485
control configurations are not needed to meet network interface to allow easy plug and play
application specifications. System reliability is interface to remote annunciators, relay modules
not compromised by use of untested special for extensible I/O and other devices.
components.
Advanced serviceability - Interfaces to
™
Power for PowerCommand control is usually InPower , a PC-based software service tool. A
derived from the generator set starting batteries. version of InPower is available for customer use.
It functions without degradation in performance ®
over a voltage range from 8 VDC to 35 VDC. PowerCommand LonWorks network
(optional) - Provides interfaces to external
devices through a twisted pair wire and other
media.
Certifications - Suitable for use on generator
sets that are designed, manufactured, tested,
and certified to relevant UL, NFPA, ISO, IEC,
and CSA standards.
distributor service network.
power.cummins.com
©2017 Cummins Inc. | S-1409 (08/17)
PS GEN-B
Operator panel Lamps (5) are configurable for color and function. These lamps
The operator panel provides the user with a complete are configured with InPower for any condition monitored by the
package of easy to view and use information. control. Default configuration for these lamps include the
Connections to the operator panel are locking plug following functions:
interfaces for reliable, vibration-resistant  Low oil pressure warning
interconnection to the generator set wiring harness.  High engine temperature warning
Control switches and functions  Low oil pressure shutdown
Off/manual/auto mode control switch - The not in  Over speed shutdown
auto lamp will flash when the control is in the manual  Fail to start
or off mode. In the auto mode, the generator set can
Analog AC metering panel (optional)
be started with a start signal from a remote device,
such as an automatic transfer switch.
Manual run/stop control switch - When the mode
control switch is in the manual position and the
manual/run/stop switch is pressed, the generator set
will start, bypassing time delay start. The control is
configurable to include an idle period on manual start.
If the generator set is running in the manual mode,
pressing the run/stop switch will cause the generator
set to shut down after a cool down at idle period. The PowerCommand control can be equipped with an analog
Panel lamp/lamp test control switch - Depressing AC metering panel that simultaneously displays 3-phase
the panel lamp switch will cause the panel illumination Line-to-Line AC volts and current, kW, power factor, and
to operate for approximately 10 minutes. Pressing and frequency.
holding the switch will sequentially illuminate all LED The meter panel is composed of a series of LEDs configured in
lamps on the panel to confirm proper operation of bar graphs for each function. The LEDs are color coded, with
these components. green indicating normal range values, amber for warning levels
Fault acknowledge/reset switch - The control and red for shutdown conditions. Scales for each function are in
includes a fault acknowledge function to allow the % of nominal rated values. Resolution is 1% for values close to
operator to reset the fault condition. If the fault nominal and increases at values far from nominal.
condition is not corrected, the fault will reappear, but
will not be logged as a separate event. Multiple faults
Alphanumeric display panel
can be logged and displayed at one time.
Emergency stop control switch - Pressing the
emergency stop switch will cause the generator set to
immediately shut down. The generator set is prevented
from running or cranking with the switch pressed in.
Operator adjustments - The control includes
provisions for many set up and adjustment functions
via raise/lower switches on the operator panel.
Functions that can be adjusted by the operator include:
 Time delay start (0-300 seconds) The PowerCommand control is provided with an alphanumeric
 Time delay stop (0-600 seconds) display capable of displaying 2 lines of data with approximately
 Alternator voltage (±5%) 20 characters per line. The display is accompanied by a set of
six tactile-feel membrane switches that are used by the
 Alternator frequency (±5%) operator to navigate through control menus and to make control
Indicating lamps adjustments. (There are no rotary potentiometers in the control.
All adjustments are made via the display panel or InPower).
Display is configurable for multiple languages. It is configurable
for units of measurement.
All data on the control can be viewed by scrolling through
screens with the navigation keys.
The control displays all active fault conditions with the latest
displayed first. Active and inactive faults are displayed.
The display panel includes a screen-saver timer that will turn off
the display after 30 minutes of inactivity. Touching any key will
The operator panel includes a series of LED indicating
turn the screen back on.
lamps to allow the operator to view the general status
of the generator set. Functions displayed include: Generator set hardware data - Generator set rating in kVA,
complete generator set model number and provisions for
Green lamps to indicate generator set running
generator set serial number, engine model and serial number,
(operating at rated voltage and frequency); remote
and alternator model and serial number. The control stores the
start signal received.
part number of the control and the software version present in
Red (flashing) lamp to indicate not-in-auto mode and the control. This information is read using InPower.
a red lamp to indicate common shutdown.
Amber lamp for common warning.
power.cummins.com
©2017 Cummins Inc. | S-1409 (08/17)
PS GEN-B
Data logs - Number of start attempts and number of start Service adjustments - The operator panel includes
attempts since reset. Number of times generator set has provisions for adjustment and set up of all control functions
run and duration of generator set running time. Generator in the generator set. The operator panel includes an access
set kWh produced. The control also stores number of start code that is used to protect the control from unauthorized
attempts, operating hours and kW hours since each has service level adjustments.
been reset. This data is read with InPower.
Internal control functions
Adjustment history - Provides a record of adjustment and
setting changes made on the control and identifies whether Engine control
adjustment was made via the operator panel or with a Remote start mode - PowerCommand accepts a ground
service tool. If a service tool is used, the control provides a signal from remote devices or a network signal to
record of the serial number of the tool used. This automatically start the generator set and immediately
information is read with InPower. accelerate to rated speed and voltage.
Fault history - Provides a record of the most recent fault PowerCommand includes a smart starting system that is
conditions with time stamp, along with the number of times designed to quickly start the engine, minimize black smoke,
each fault has occurred. Up to 20 events are stored in the minimize voltage and frequency overshoot, and oscillations
control non-volatile memory. on starting. The control system does this by careful control
of the engine fuel system and alternator excitation system.
The control can incorporate a time delay start and a
warmup period at idle speed. See Engine governing for
details.
Sleep mode - PowerCommand can be configured to
include a sleep mode. When enabled, and when the mode
select switch is in the off position, the control will revert to a
low power consumption mode until a control switch on the
Load profile data - Control logs data indicating the operator panel is operated (reset, panel lamp, manual run
operating hours at percent of rated kW load in 10% or emergency stop).
increments. The data is presented on the operator panel
Data logging - The control maintains a record of manual
based on total operating hours on the generator set based
control operations, warning and shutdown conditions, and
on number of hours under 30% load and number of hours
other events. The control also stores critical engine and
at more than 90% of rated. InPower can be used to read
alternator data before and after a fault occurs, for use by
data in detail (10% increments).
InPower and the technician in evaluating the root causes
Generator set output voltage - All phases, Line-to-Line for the fault condition.
and Line-to-Neutral, accuracy 1%. Data for all phases is
Fault simulation mode - PowerCommand, in conjunction
displayed simultaneously to allow viewing of voltage
with InPower software, will accept commands to allow a
balance.
technician to verify the proper operation of all protective
Generator set output current - All phases, accuracy 1%. functions of the control by simulating failure modes or by
Data for all phases is displayed simultaneously to allow forcing the control to operate outside of its normal
viewing of load balance. operating ranges.
Generator set output frequency. Engine starting - The control system automatically
Generator set power output - PowerCommand displays controls the engine starter and provides proper engine
generator set kW and kVA output (average and individual fueling and alternator control to provide fast and efficient
phase and direction of flow), and power factor with starting.
leading/lagging indication. Accuracy 5%. Cycle cranking - Configurable for number of starting
Generator set kWh power output - Displays total cycles (1 to 7) and duration of crank and rest periods.
kilowatt-hours produced by the generator set and total Control includes starter protection algorithms to prevent the
produced since last reset, with time stamp of time of last operator from specifying a starting sequence that might be
reset. damaging.
Generator set control temperature. Time delay start and stop (cool down) - Configurable for
Engine starting battery voltage. time delay of 0-300 seconds prior to starting after receiving
Engine lube oil pressure. a remote start signal; and for time delay of 0-600 seconds
prior to ramp-to-idle or shutdown after signal to stop in
Engine coolant temperature.
normal operation modes. Default for both time delay
Engine lube oil temperature (option on some genset periods is 0 seconds.
models).
System data display - The generator set will exchange Engine governing
data with Cummins transfer switches utilizing The PowerCommand control includes integrated digital
PowerCommand transfer controls and other generator sets governing capability to directly drive an engine fuel control
using the PowerCommand 2100 control that are located on valve. Features of the governing system (when enabled)
the same site and interconnected using a PowerCommand include:
network. Information displayed from each transfer switch in Isochronous governing - Controls engine speed within
the system includes: transfer switch name (assigned by ±0.25% for any steady state load from no load to full load.
customer at site), kW load (when fitted with load monitoring Frequency drift will not exceed ±0.5% for a 33 °C (60 °F)
equipment), sources available, source connected and if any change in ambient temperature over an 8 hour period.
alarm conditions are present on the switch. Genset data Temperature dynamics - Modifies the engine fuel system
includes genset name, kW load, status and name of any (governing) control parameters as a function of engine
alarm conditions that are present. temperature. Allows engine to be more responsive when
warm and more stable when operating at lower
temperature levels.
power.cummins.com
©2017 Cummins Inc. | S-1409 (08/17)
PS GEN-B
Engine governing (continued) The control maintains a record of the time that the mode
is enabled, and all warning or shutdown conditions that
Smart idle mode - Engine governing can be regulated at have occurred while in the “fault bypass” mode.
an idle speed for a programmed period on automatic stop
The control system automatically captures the generator
of the engine or in manual mode. In an automatic mode,
set logged parameters on a fault condition.
the control will bypass the idle period if the engine is at a
low load level for sufficient duration for cool down. During Many protective functions within the control system are
idle mode engine protective functions are adjusted for the configurable for warning, shutdown or both (2 levels).
lower engine speed, and alternator function and Exceptions to this include functions such as over speed
protections are disabled. conditions and loss of speed sensing. In addition, some
functions can incorporate control functions as a
Idle speed can be initiated by the operator when the
consequence of a fault.
generator set is running in the manual mode.
Glow plug control (optional) - Modifies the engine start System protective functions
cycle to include a programmed time period for operation Ground fault warning (optional) - 600 VAC class
of glow plugs. This feature is available on generator sets generator sets with solid ground. Ground fault sensing is
that require glow plug control only. adjustable over a range of 100-1200 amps with time
Alternator control delays of 0-1 second. May be configured for shutdown
rather than alarm.
PowerCommand includes an integrated 3-phase
Configurable alarm and status inputs -
Line-to-Neutral sensing voltage regulation system that is
PowerCommand will accept up to four alarm or status
compatible with either shunt or PMG type excitation
inputs (configurable contact closed to ground or open) to
systems (some generator set models are always PMG).
indicate customer-specified conditions. The control is
The voltage regulation system is full wave rectified and
programmable for warning, shutdown or status indication,
has a PWM output for good motor starting capability and
and for labeling the input. Eight additional faults can be
stability when powering non-linear loads. Major system
input to the control via the network.
features include:
Emergency stop - Annunciated whenever the local or
Digital output voltage regulation - PowerCommand will
remote emergency stop signal is received. Alarm panel
regulate output voltage to within 0.5% for any loads
distinguishes between local or remote operation.
between no load and full load. Voltage drift will not
exceed ±0.5% for a 33 °C (60 °F) change in temperature Engine protection
in an 8 hour period. On engine starting, or sudden load Over speed shutdown - Default setting is 115% of
acceptance, voltage is controlled to a maximum of 5% nominal.
overshoot over nominal level.
Low lube oil pressure shutdown - Level is preset to
Torque-matched V/Hz overload control - The voltage match the capabilities of each engine. Control includes
roll-off set point and rate of decay (i.e. the slope of the time delays to prevent nuisance shutdown signals.
V/Hz curve) is adjustable in the control.
Low lube oil pressure warning - Level is preset to
Fault current regulation - PowerCommand will regulate match the capabilities of each engine. Control includes
the output current on any phase to a maximum of 3 times time delays to prevent nuisance shutdown signals.
rated current under fault conditions for both single phase
and three phase faults. The regulation system will drive a
Permanent Magnet Generator (PMG) to provide 3 times
rated current on all phases for motor starting and short
circuit coordination purposes.
Protective functions
On a warning condition the control will indicate a fault by
lighting the warning LED on the control panel and
displaying the fault name and code on the operator
display panel. The nature of the fault and time of
occurrence are logged in the control. The service manual
and InPower service tool provide service keys and
procedures based on the service codes provided. High coolant temperature shutdown - Level is preset
to match the capabilities of each engine. Control includes
On a shutdown condition, the control will light the
time delays to prevent nuisance shutdown signals.
shutdown LED on the control panel, display the fault
name and code, initiate shutdown and lock out the High coolant temperature warning - Level is preset to
generator set. The control maintains a data log of all fault match the capabilities of each engine. Control includes
conditions as they occur and time stamps them with the time delays to prevent nuisance shutdown signals.
controller run time and engine operating hours data. High oil temperature warning (optional) - Level is
Adjustments to most set points are made using the preset to match the capabilities of each engine. Control
InPower service tool. includes time delays to prevent nuisance shutdown
The control system includes a “fault bypass” mode that signals.
may be enabled by a service technician. The fault bypass Low coolant level warning/shutdown - Optional on
mode forces the system to function regardless of the some genset models.
status of protective functions. (Each function must be Low coolant temperature warning - Indicates that
individually bypassed.) In this mode the only protective engine temperature may not be high enough for a 10
functions that are operational are over speed, loss of second start or proper load pickup.
speed sensor, moving the control switch to the off Low and high battery voltage warning - Indicates
position or pressing the emergency stop switch. battery charging system failure by continuously
monitoring battery voltage.
power.cummins.com
©2017 Cummins Inc. | S-1409 (08/17)
PS GEN-B
Engine protection (continued) Short circuit shutdown - Output current on any phase is
more than 110%, more than 175% of rating, and
Weak battery warning - The control system will test the approaching thermal damage point of alternator. Control
battery bank each time the generator set is signaled to includes algorithms to protect alternator from repeated
start, and indicate a warning if the generator set battery over current conditions over a short period of time.
indicates impending failure.
High AC voltage shutdown (59) - Output voltage on any
Dead battery shutdown - Indicates that generator set phase exceeds preset values. Time to trip is inversely
failed to start due to failed starting battery. proportional to amount above threshold. Values
Fail to start (overcrank) shutdown. adjustable from 105-125% of nominal voltage with time
Fail to crank shutdown - Control has signaled starter to delay adjustable from 0.25-10 seconds. Default value is
crank engine but engine does not rotate. 110% for 10 seconds.
Redundant starter disconnect. Low AC voltage shutdown (27) - Voltage on any phase
Cranking lockout - The control will not allow the starter has dropped below a preset value. Adjustable over a
to attempt to engage or to crank the engine when the range of 50-95% of reference voltage, time delay 2-10
engine is rotating. seconds. Default value is 85% for 10 seconds. Function
tracks reference voltage.
Sensor failure indication - All analog sensors are
provided with sensor failure logic to indicate if the sensor Under frequency shutdown (81u) - Generator set
or interconnecting wiring has failed. Separate indication is output frequency cannot be maintained. Settings are
provided for fail high or low. adjustable from 0-10 Hz below nominal governor set
point for a 0-20 second time delay. Default: 6 Hz, 10
AmpSentry protective relay seconds.
AmpSentry protective relay is a UL Listed comprehensive Over frequency shutdown/warning (81o) - Adjustable
monitoring and control system integral to the for operation in a range of 0-10 Hz above nominal
PowerCommand control system that guards the electrical frequency, with a time delay of 0-20 seconds.
integrity of the alternator and power system by providing Defaults: disabled.
protection against a wide array of fault conditions in the Over load (kW) warning - Provides a warning indication
generator set or in the load. It also provides single and 3- when engine is operating at a load level over a set point
phase fault current regulation so that downstream or due to under frequency. Adjustment range: 50-140% of
protective devices have the maximum current available to rated kW, 0-120 second delay. Defaults: 105%, 60
quickly clear fault conditions without subjecting the seconds.
alternator to potentially catastrophic failure conditions. Reverse power shutdown (32) - Adjustment range: 5-
See document R1053 below for a full size time over
20% of standby kW rating, delay 1-15 seconds.
current curve.
Defaults: 10%, 3 seconds.
Over current warning - Output current on any phase at
Reverse Var shutdown - Shutdown level is adjustable:
more than 110% of rating for more than 60 seconds or
threshold 0.15-0.50 per unit, delay 10-60 seconds.
more than 400% for more than 1 second.
Defaults: 0.20, 10 seconds.
Over current shutdown (51) - Output current on any
Excitation fault - Shutdown of generator set will occur
phase is more than 110%, less than 175% of rating and
on loss of voltage sensing inputs to control.
approaching thermal damage point of alternator. Control
includes algorithms to protect alternator from repeated
over current conditions over a short period of time.
Environment
The control is designed for proper operation without
recalibration in ambient temperatures from -40 °C to
+70 °C (-40 °F to +158 °F), and for storage from 55 °C to
+80 °C (-67 °F to +176 °F). Control will operate with
humidity up to 95%, non-condensing. Control operation is
not restricted by altitude.
The control system is housed in a NEMA 3R/IP53
enclosure. The operator control panel has a single
membrane surface which is impervious to the effects of
dust, moisture, oil and exhaust fumes. The panel uses
sealed membrane or oil-tight switches to provide long
reliable service life in harsh environments.
The control system is specifically designed and tested for
resistance to RFI/EMI and to resist the effects of vibration
to provide a long reliable life when mounted on a
generator set. The control includes transient voltage
surge suppression to provide compliance to referenced
standards.
power.cummins.com
©2017 Cummins Inc. | S-1409 (08/17)
PS GEN-B
Control interface Certifications

Input signals to the PowerCommand control include: PowerCommand meets or exceeds the requirements of
the following codes and standards:
Remote start signal - May be connected via either
discrete signal or Lon™ Network, or both. NFPA110: For Level 1 systems
Remote emergency stop. UL508: Recognized or listed and suitable for use on
UL 2200 listed generator sets
Remote alarm reset.
CSA C282-M1999: Compliance
Configurable customer inputs - Control includes (4)
input signals from customer discrete devices that are CSA 22.2: No. 14 M91 industrial controls
configurable for warning, shutdown or status indication, ISO 8528-4: 1993 compliance, controls and switchgear
as well as message displayed. NFPA99: Standard for health care facilities
Output signals from the control include four CE Mark: Control system suitable for use on generator
configurable relay drivers. Defaults for these are: sets to be CE-marked
Generator set common warning signal - Operates EN 50081-2: Industrial emissions
when unit set is running under alarm conditions. EN 50082-2: Industrial susceptibility
Generator set common shutdown signal. ISO 7637, pulses #2b, 4: DC supply surge voltage test
Not in auto - Indicates that the mode control switch is not Mil Std 202C, Method 101: Salt fog test
in the auto position or that the genset is shutdown under ANSI C62.41: Surge withstand
a fault condition. IEC 801.2, 3, 4, 5: For susceptibility, conducted and
Ready to load (generator set running) signal - radiated electromagnetic emissions
Operates when the generator set has reached 90% of ISO9001: PowerCommand control systems and
rated speed and voltage and latches until generator set is generator sets are designed and manufactured in
switched to off or idle mode. ISO9001 certified facilities
Control power for auxiliary devices is available from the
controller. Options and accessories
 Analog AC metering display - Provides a bar graph
Network connections include: display of 3-phase AC volts and amps, kW, power
PCCNet interface - A proprietary dedicated RS485 factor and frequency.
network for use in operating remote annunciator panels  Key-type mode select switch - Replaces
and remote I/O modules. off/manual/auto switch with a key-type switch.
Serial interface - This communication port is to allow the  Ground fault alarm module - Installs a separate ground
control to communicate with a personal computer running fault indication relay and harness into a control
InPower software. customer input.
®
Echelon LonWorks interface (optional).
 Exhaust temperature monitoring.
Software  Digital remote annunciator.
InPower - A PC-based software service tool that is  Digital output relay module - Provides (3) relays, each
designed to directly communicate to PowerCommand with 2 normally open and 2 normally closed contacts
generator sets and transfer switches to facilitate service rated 10 A at 600 VAC, 5 A at 24 VDC. Functions of the
and monitoring of these products. relays are configurable.
®
PowerCommand for Windows - A software tool that is  Engine oil temperature indication - Some genset
used primarily by operators to remotely monitor and models incorporate this feature as standard. On all
control generator sets, transfer switches and other on-site models, the control may be configured to include an oil
power system devices. temperature warning or shutdown when oil temperature
sensing is provided.
Warranty
 CAN engine interface (optional on some models).
PowerCommand control systems are a part of complete Allows the genset control to directly monitor an engine
power systems provided by Cummins, and are covered control module.
by a one-year limited warranty as a standard feature.
 LON interface.
Extended warranty options are available for coverage up
to 10 years.  Input/output expansion module - Provides up to 16
configurable Form-C relays, 12 configurable discrete
inputs and 8 analog inputs.
For more information contact your local Cummins

distributor or visit power.cummins.com
©2017 Cummins Inc. All rights reserved. Cummins is a registered trademark of Cummins Inc. PowerCommand, AmpSentry, InPower and “Our energy working for you.” are
trademarks of Cummins Inc. Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Specifications are subject to change without notice.
S-1409 (08/17)
WTP GEN-A and PS GEN-B
®
PowerCommand Annunciator
Discrete Input or PCCNet
The Universal Annunciator Module provides visual and • Visual and audible warnings of up to 20 separate alarm
audible indication of up to 20 separate alarm or status or status conditions.
conditions, based on discrete (relay) inputs or network • LEDs can be controlled either via PCCNet or discrete
inputs. Each LED can be controlled by either a discrete input.
wire input or by a signal on the PCCNet network sent • Status of discrete inputs is broadcast on network.
from an external device, such as a PCC1301 or
• Four custom relays can be controlled over the PCCNet
PCC2100 (version 2.4 or later) control.
network.
In addition to the LEDs, the annunciator can control four • Configurable LED color (red, yellow or green) and
custom relays based on signals received over the selectable horn operation allows maximum flexibility.
PCCNet. When one of the annunciator’s discrete inputs • Standard NFPA 110 label, field configurable for other
is activated, the annunciator will broadcast that alarm status and conditions.
information over the network. By taking advantage of the • Each audible alarm is annunciated, regardless of the
network, discrete inputs and custom relays, the number of existing alarm conditions displayed.
annunciator can be used as expanded I/O for a genset
• Sealed membrane panel design provides environmental
controller.
protection for internal components and is easy to clean.
Easily installed in a location to give immediate notification • Configurable for negative (ground) input or positive
of an alarm or warning status. Designed to give input.
operating/monitoring personnel quick-glance status • Integral DC voltage sensing.
information. The module directly senses battery voltage
• Flush or surface mount provisions.
to provide green/yellow/red alarm and status information
for that parameter. • UL Listed and labeled; CSA certified; CE marked.
Genset controller complies with NFPA level two

requirements when used with the display but without the
annunciator panel. When used with the annunciator it
meets NFPA level one requirements (emergency and
standby power systems). The annunciator module can
also be used for monitoring of transfer switch or other
equipment status.
©2009 Cummins Power Generation Inc. All rights reserved. Cummins Power Generationand Cummins are registered trademarks
of Cummins Inc. PowerCommand and “Our energy working for you.” are trademarks of Cummins Power Generation. Other company,
product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Specifications are subject to change without notice.
S-1472e (8/09)
Specifications
Signal requirements Power

Positive - Input impedance is 1.82 kOhms to ground; Maximum consumption: 15 watts
maximum input voltage = 31 VDC.
Negative - Input impedance is 1.82 kOhms to Bat+: inputs Battery voltage
are at Bat+ level when open. Functional range - Audible and visual conditions
Sink/source current threshold for detection - 150 uA operational from 6.5 to 31 VDC.
minimum, 3 mA maximum. Low voltage setting - 12.0 VDC for 12 Volt nominal
Typical conductor size: 16 ga for 304.8 m (1000 ft) systems; 24.0 for 24 Volt nominal systems.
Max conductor size for terminal: 12 ga High voltage setting - 16.0 Volt for 12 Volt nominal
systems; 32.0 Volt for 24 Volt nominal systems.
Relay outputs
0.2 A at 125 VAC and 1 A at 30 VDC Alarm horn
Sound level: 90 dB at 30 cm
Network connections
Use Belden 9729 two pair, stranded, shielded 24 AWG Physical
twisted pair cable for all PCCNet connections. Total Weight (with enclosure): 1.4 kg (3.0 lbs)
network length can not exceed 1219 m (4000 ft). Up to
20 nodes can be connected to the network. Temperature
Note: Any communications wire connected to the -20 °C to +70 °C (-4 °F to +158 °F)
generator set should be stranded cable.
Humidity
10% to 95% RH (non-condensing)
Default lamp configurations

Can be configured for current NFPA 110 standard or as a replacement for Legacy (pre-2001) NFPA 110 annunciator
(300-4510 or 300 4511)
NFPA 110
Lamp Description Color Horn Flash
DS1 Customer fault 1 Green No No
DS2 Customer fault 2 Amber No No
DS3 Customer fault 3 Red No No
DS4 Genset supplying load Amber No No
DS5 Charger AC failure Amber Yes No
DS6 Low coolant level Amber Yes No
DS7 Low fuel level Red Yes No
DS8 Check generator set Amber No No
DS9 Not in auto Red Yes Yes
DS10 Generator set running Amber No No
DS11 High battery voltage Amber Yes No
DS12 Low battery voltage Red Yes No
DS13 Weak battery Red Yes No
DS14 Fail to start Red Yes No
DS15 Low coolant temp Red Yes No
DS16 Pre-high engine temp Amber Yes No
DS17 High engine temp Red Yes No
DS18 Pre-low oil pressure Red Yes No
DS19 Low oil pressure Red Yes No
DS20 Overspeed Red Yes No
Our energy working for you.™

www.cumminspower.com
S-1472e (8/09)
Typical installation

S-1472e (8/09)
Dimensions
(76mm)
3.00"
5.25"
(133mm)
3.50"
(88.9mm)
6.25"
(159mm)
4.50"
(114mm)
0.219" (5.6mm)
MOUNTING HOLES
Dimensions: in (mm)
Ordering information
Part number Description
0300-5929-01 Panel mount
0300-5929-02 Panel with enclosure
See your distributor for more information.
Cummins Power Generation
Americas Europe, CIS, Middle East and Africa Asia Pacific

1400 73rd Avenue N.E. Manston Park Columbus Ave. 10 Toh Guan Road #07-01
Minneapolis, MN 55432 USA Manston Ramsgate TT International Tradepark
Phone: 763 574 5000 Kent CT 12 5BF United Kingdom Singapore 608838
Fax: 763 574 5298 Phone 44 1843 255000 Phone 65 6417 2388
Fax 44 1843 255902 Fax 65 6417 2399

S-1472e (8/09)
SECTION V
SOUND DATA SHEETS

WTP GEN-A
Sound Data
C150D6D
QSB7-G5 NR3 60Hz Diesel
A-weighted Sound Pressure Level @ 7 meters, dB(A)

See notes 2, 5 and 7-11 listed below
8
Position (Note 2) Position
Applied Average
Configuration Exhaust
Load
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Standard – Infinite 100%

84 86 88 88 83 90 88 88 87
Unhoused Exhaust Standby
F216-2 Weather 100%
Mounted 86 85 83 87 84 89 83 86 86
Aluminum Standby
F231-2 Sound
100%
Attenuated Level 1, Mounted 83 79 74 74 74 75 75 80 78
Standby
Aluminum
F217-2 Sound
100%
Attenuated Level 2, Mounted 72 72 71 72 73 72 71 73 72
Standby
Aluminum
Average A-weighted Sound Pressure Level @ 1 meter, dB(A)

Octave Band Center Frequency (Hz) Overall
Applied Sound
Load 16 31.5 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 16000 Pressure
Level
N/A 46 68 81 89 91 91 90 88 86 90 98
F216-2 Weather 100%
Mounted N/A 42 67 83 90 89 90 87 84 80 81 96
Aluminum Standby
F231-2 Sound
100%
Attenuated Level 1, Mounted N/A 45 62 74 80 80 81 79 76 77 73 88
Standby
Aluminum
F217-2 Sound
100%
Attenuated Level 2, Mounted N/A 45 63 72 77 76 77 76 73 71 65 84
Standby
Aluminum
A-weighted Sound Pressure Level @ Operator Location, dB(A)

See notes 1, 3, 5 and 7-14 listed below
Applied Sound
Load 16 31.5 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 16000 Pressure
Level
N/A 43 68 79 85 89 89 90 89 88 95 99
F216-2
100%
Weather Mounted N/A 42 67 79 84 84 82 81 78 75 78 90
Standby
Aluminum
F231-2 Sound
Attenuated 100%
Mounted N/A 50 66 75 81 82 81 78 75 74 69 87
Level 1, Standby
Aluminum
F217-2 Sound
Attenuated 100%
Mounted N/A 50 67 76 80 79 79 76 73 72 61 86
Level 2, Standby
Aluminum
Cummins Inc. Data and specification subject to change without notice MSP-4008c
(06/19)
WTP GEN-A
Sound Data
C150D6D
QSB7-G5 NR3 60Hz Diesel
A-weighted Sound Power Level, dB(A)

Applied Sound
Load 16 31.5 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 16000 Power
Level
N/A 63 86 98 106 108 109 107 106 103 107 116
F216-2
100%
Weather Mounted N/A 60 85 101 108 107 107 105 102 97 99 114
Standby
Aluminum
F231-2 Sound
Attenuated 100%
Mounted N/A 63 80 92 99 99 99 97 94 95 91 106
Level 1, Standby
Aluminum
F217-2 Sound
Attenuated 100%
Mounted N/A 64 81 91 95 94 95 94 91 90 84 102
Level 2, Standby
Aluminum
Exhaust Sound Power Level, dB(A)

See notes 4 and 6-14 listed below
Applied Sound
Configuration
Load 16 31.5 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 16000 Power
Level
Open Exhaust 100%
Standby N/A 64 93 106 115 117 114 113 113 105 94 122
(No Muffler)
Global Notes:
1. Sound pressure levels at 1 meter are measured per the requirements of ISO 3744, ISO 8528-10, and European Communities Directive
2000/14/EC as applicable. The microphone measurement locations are 1 meter from a reference parallelepiped just enclosing the generator
set (enclosed or unenclosed).
2. Seven-meter measurement location 1 is 7 meters (23 feet) from the generator (alternator) end of the generator set, and the locations
proceed counterclockwise around the generator set at 45° angles at a height of 1.2 meters (48 inches) above the ground surface.
3. Sound Power Levels are calculated according to ISO 3744, ISO 8528-10, and/or CE (European Union) requirements.
4. Exhaust Sound Levels are measured and calculated per ISO 6798, Annex A.
5. Reference Sound Pressure Level is 20 μPa
6. Reference Sound Power Level is 1 pW (10-12 Watt)
7. Sound data for remote-cooled generator sets are based on rated load without cooling fan noise.
8. Sound data for the generator set with infinite exhaust do not include the exhaust noise contribution
9. Published sound levels are measured at CE certified test site and are subject to instrumentation measurement, installation, and
manufacturing variability.
10. Unhoused/Open configuration generator sets refers to generator sets with no sound enclosures of any kind.
11. Housed/Enclosed/Closed/Canopy configuration generator sets refer to generator sets that have noise reduction sound enclosure installed
over the generator set and usually integrally attached to the skid base/base frame/fuel container base of the generator set.
12. Published sound levels meet the requirements India's Central Pollution Control Board (Ministry of Environment & Forests), vide GSR 371
(E), which states the A-weighted sound level at 1 meter from any diesel generator set up to a power output rating of 1000kVA shall not
exceed 75 dB(A).
13. For updated noise pollution information for India see website: http://www.envfor.nic.in/legis/legis.html
14. Sound levels must meet India's Ambient Air Noise Quality Standards detailed for Daytime/Nighttime operation in Noise Pollution
(Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000
Cummins Inc. Data and specification subject to change without notice MSP-4008c
(06/19)
PS GEN-B
Sound data
250DQDAA 60 Hz
Sound pressure level @ 7 meters, dB(A)

See notes 1-8 listed below
Measurement location number
Configuration Average
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Infinite
Standard – unhoused 86 90 89 93 89 95 90 90 91
exhaust
Mounted
F183 – skin tight 88 91 91 94 90 95 91 91 92
muffler
Mounted
F201 – quiet site II first stage 80 81 83 91 91 91 83 83 88
muffler
F202 – quiet site II second Mounted
72 74 73 72 73 72 69 71 72
stage muffler
Sound power level, dB(A)

See notes 2-6, 9, 10 listed below
Octave band center frequency (Hz) Overall
sound
Configuration
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 power
level
Infinite
Standard – unhoused 79 94 108 111 113 111 107 107 118
exhaust
Mounted
F183 – skin tight 95 104 112 113 114 112 108 103 120
muffler
Mounted
F201 – quiet site II first stage 104 111 108 109 110 108 103 97 117
muffler
F202 – quiet site II second Mounted
84 94 93 96 98 97 93 87 103
stage muffler
Exhaust sound pressure level @ 1 meter, dB(A)

Octave band center frequency (Hz) Sound pressure
Open exhaust level
(no muffler) @ rated load 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
98 109 118 121 123 127 126 124 131.9
Note:
1. Position 1 faces the engine front. The positions proceed around the generator set in a counter-clockwise direction in 45° increments.
All positions are at 7 m (23 ft) from the surface of the generator set and 1.2 m (48 in.) from floor level.
2. Sound levels are subject to instrumentation, measurement, installation and manufacturing variability.
3. Sound data with remote-cooled generator sets are based on rated loads without cooling fan noise.
4. Sound levels for aluminum enclosures are approximately 2 dB(A)s higher than listed sound levels for steel enclosures.
5. Sound data for generator set with infinite exhaust do not include exhaust noise.
6. Data is based on full rated load with standard radiator-cooling fan package.
7. Sound pressure levels are measured per ANSI S1.13 and ANSI S12.18, as applicable.
8. Reference sound pressure is 20 μPa.
9. Sound power levels per ISO 3744 and ISO 8528-10, as applicable.
10. Reference power = 1 pw (10-12 W).
11. Exhaust sound power levels are per ISO 6798, as applicable.
Cummins Inc. Data and specification subject to change without notice MSP-1026
(10/17)
SECTION VI
PROTOTYPE TEST SUPPORT

(PTS) SHEETS
WTP GEN-A
Prototype Test Support (PTS)

60 Hz test summary
Generator set models Representative prototype
C125D6D Model: C200D6D

C150D6D Engine: QSB7-G5 NR3
C175D6D Alternator: UCDI274K
The following summarizes prototype testing conducted on the designated representative prototype of the specified models.
This testing is conducted to verify the complete generator set electrical and mechanical design integrity.
Prototype testing is conducted only on generator sets not sold as new equipment.
Maximum surge power: 211.5 kW Steady state performance:
The generator set was evaluated to determine the stated The generator set was tested to verify steady state operating
maximum surge power. performance. It was within the specified maximum limits.
Alternator temperature rise: Voltage regulation: ± 0.5%

The highest rated temperature rise (20 °C) test result are Random voltage variation: ± 0.5%
reported as follows to verify that worst case temperature Frequency regulation: Isochronous
rises do not exceed allowable NEMA MG1 limits for class H Random frequency variation: ± 0.25%
insulation. Tests were conducted per IEEE 115, rise by
resistance and embedded detector, with rated voltages.
Only the highest temperatures are reported. Transient performance:
The generator set was tested with the listed alternator to verify
Torsional analysis and testing: single step loading capability as required by NFPA 110.
Voltage and frequency response on load addition or rejection
The generator set with UCDI274K was tested to verify that were evaluated. The following results were recorded at 0.8
the design is not subjected to harmful torsional stresses. A power factor:
spectrum analysis of the transducer output was conducted
over the speed range of 1710 to 1890 RPM.
Full load acceptance:
Cooling system: 49 °C ambient Voltage dip: 29.4%
0.5 in H2O restriction Recovery time: 3.3 seconds
Frequency dip: 20.3%
The cooling system was tested to determine ambient Recovery time: 4.4 seconds
temperature and static restriction capabilities. The test was
performed at full rated load elevated ambient temperature Full load rejection:
under static restriction conditions.
Voltage rise: 32.7%
Recovery time: 1.4 seconds
Durability: Frequency rise: 11%
The generator set was subjected to a 500 hour endurance Recovery time: 2.1 seconds
test replicating field duty cycles operating at variable load
All data based on 0.8 power factor:
up to the standby rating based upon MIL-STD-705 to verify
structural soundness and durability of the design.
Harmonic analysis:
Electrical and mechanical strength: (per MIL-STD-705B, Method 601.4)
The generator set was tested to several single phase and
three phase faults to verify that the generator can safely Line to Line Line to Neutral
withstand the forces associated with short circuit Harmonic No load Full load No load Full load
conditions. The generator set was capable of producing full
rated output at the conclusion of the testing. 3 0.0 0.1 0.2 1.1
5 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
7 0.7 2.2 0.7 2.2
9 0.0 0.0 0.7 1.2
11 0.0 0.2 0.1 0.2
13 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.1
15 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.4
Cummins Inc. Data and specification subject to change without notice PTS-636a
(09/18)
PS GEN-B
Prototype Test Support (PTS)

60 Hz test summary
Generator set models Representative prototype
250DQDAA 275DQDAB Model: 300DQDAC

300DQDAC
Alternator: HC4F
Engine: QSL9-G5
The following summarizes prototype testing conducted on the designated representative prototype of the specified models.
This testing is conducted to verify the complete generator set electrical and mechanical design integrity. Prototype testing is
conducted only on generator sets not sold as new equipment.
Maximum surge power: 315 kW Steady state performance:
The generator set was evaluated to determine the stated The generator set was tested to verify steady state operating
maximum surge power. performance was within the specified maximum limits.
Maximum motor starting: 1372 kVA Voltage regulation: ± 0.50%

The generator set was tested to simulate motor starting by Random voltage variation: ± 0.50%
applying the specified kVA load at low lagging power factor Frequency regulation: Isochronous
(0.4 or lower). With this load applied, the generator set Random frequency variation: ± 0.25%
recovered to a minimum of 90% rated voltage.
Transient performance:
Torsional analysis and testing:
The generator set was tested with the standard alternator to
The generator set was tested to verify that the design is not verify single step loading capability as required by NFPA 110.
subjected to harmful torsional stresses. A spectrum analysis Voltage and frequency response on load addition or rejection
of the transducer output was conducted over the speed were evaluated. The following results were recorded:
range of 1350 to 1950 RPM.
Full load acceptance:

Cooling system: 50 °C ambient Voltage dip: 30.5%
0.5 in. H2O restriction Recovery time: 2.1 seconds
Frequency dip: 12.8%
The cooling system was tested to determine ambient Recovery time: 2.6 seconds
temperature and static restriction capabilities. The test was
performed at full rated load in elevated ambient temperature
under static restriction conditions. Full load rejection:
Voltage rise: 15.8%
Recovery time: 0.7 seconds
Durability:
Frequency rise: 3.5%
The generator set was subjected to a minimum 500 hour
endurance test operating at variable load up to the Standby Recovery time: 2.8 seconds
rating based upon MIL-STD-705 to verify structural
soundness and durability of the design.
Harmonic analysis:
(per MIL-STD-705B, method 601.4)
Electrical and mechanical strength:
Line to Line Line to Neutral
The generator set was tested to several single phase and
three phase faults to verify that the generator can safely Harmonic No load Full load No load Full load
withstand the forces associated with short circuit conditions. 3 0.09 0.035 0.16 0.054
The generator set was capable of producing full rated output
at the conclusion of the testing. 5 0.62 1.95 0.66 2
7 0.58 0.73 0.6 0.72
9 0.028 0.029 0.058 0.098
11 0.7 0.37 0.7 0.36
13 0.13 0.32 0.33 0.36
15 0.05 0.016 0.08 0.076
Cummins Inc. Data and specification subject to change without notice PTS-164
(10/17)
SECTION VII
COOLING SYSTEM DATA

SHEETS
WTP GEN-A
Cooling System Data

C150D6D
High Ambient Air Temperature Radiator Cooling System
Max Cooling @ Air Flow Static Restriction, Housed in Free Air, No Air
Unhoused (inches water/mm water) Discharge Restriction
Sound Sound
0.0/0.0 0.25/6.4 0.5/12.7 0.75/19.1 1.0/25.4 Weather
Level 1 Level 2
Fuel Rating
Duty Maximum allowable ambient temperature, degree C
Type (kW)
60 Standby 150 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Diesel
Hz Prime 135 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Notes:
1. Data shown are anticipated cooling performance for typical generator set.
2. Cooling data is based on 1000 ft (305 m) site test location.
3. Generator set power output may need to be reduced at high ambient conditions. Consult generator set data sheet for derate schedules.
4. Cooling performance may be reduced due to several factors including but not limited to: Incorrect installation, improper operation,
fouling of the cooling system, and other site installation variables.
Cummins Inc. Data and specification subject to change without notice MCP-2048a
(09/18)
PS GEN-B
Cooling system data

DQDAA
EPA NSPS Stationary
High ambient air temperature radiator cooling system with seismic

(L228-2 or L225-2)
Max cooling @ air flow static restriction, Housed in free air, no

unhoused (inches water/mm water) air discharge restriction
0.0/0.0 0.25/6.4 0.5/12.7 0.75/19.1 1.0/25.4 F183 F172 F173
Rating
Maximum allowable ambient temperature, degree C
Duty (kW)
Standby 250 55 54.4 53.3 52.4 51.6 47.3 N/A N/A N/A
60 Hz
Prime 225 52 52 50 50 51 N/A N/A N/A N/A
High ambient air temperature radiator cooling system
Max cooling @ air flow static restriction, Housed in free air, no air
unhoused (inches water/mm water) discharge restriction
0.0/0.0 0.25/6.4 0.5/12.7 0.75/19.1 1.0/25.4 F183 F172 F173
Rating
Maximum allowable ambient temperature, degree C
Duty (kW)
Standby 250 55 55 55 55 55 55 N/A N/A N/A
60 Hz
Prime 225 55 55 55 55 55 55 N/A N/A N/A
Notes:
1. Data shown are anticipated cooling performance for typical generator set.
2. Cooling data is based on 1000 ft (305 m) site test location.
3. Generator set power output may need to be reduced at high ambient conditions. Consult generator set data sheet for derate schedules.
4. Cooling performance may be reduced due to several factors including but not limited to: Incorrect installation, improper operation,
fouling of the cooling system, and other site installation variables.
Cummins Inc. Data and specification subject to change without notice MCP-163
(09/17)
SECTION VIII
EXHAUST EMISSION DATA

SHEETS
WTP GEN-A 2020 EPA Tier 3 Exhaust Emission
Compliance Statement
APPLICATION
C150D6D
Stationary Emergency
60 Hz Diesel Generator Set
Compliance Information:
The engine used in this generator set complies with Tier 3 emissions limit of U.S. EPA New Source Performance
Standards for stationary emergency engines under the provisions of 40 CFR 60 Subpart IIII.
Engine Manufacturer: Cummins Inc.

EPA Certificate Number: LCEXL0409AAD-037
Effective Date: 7/8/2019
Date Issued: 7/8/2019
EPA Engine Family (Cummins Emissions Family): LCEXL0409AAD
Engine Information:
Model: QSB7-G5 NR3 Bore: 4.21 in. (106.9 mm)
Engine Nameplate HP: 324 Stroke: 4.88 in. (124 mm)
Type: 4 Cycle, In-line, 6 Cylinder Diesel Displacement: 408 cu. in. (7 liters)
Aspiration: Turbocharged and Charge Air Cooled Compression ratio: 17.2:1
Emission Control Device: Exhaust stack diameter: 4 in. (101.6)
Diesel Fuel Emission Limits

D2 Cycle Exhaust Emissions Grams per BHP-hr Grams per kWm-hr
NOX + NOX +
CO PM CO PM
NMHC NMHC
Test Results 3.0 0.7 0.08 4.0 1.0 0.11
EPA Emissions Limit 3.0 2.6 0.15 4.0 3.5 0.20
Test methods: EPA emissions recorded per 40 CFR Part 60, 89, 1039, 1065 and weighted at load points prescribed in the
regulations for constant speed engines.
Diesel fuel specifications: Cetane number: 40-50, Reference: ASTM D975 No. 2-D, 300-500 ppm Sulphur
Reference conditions: Air Inlet Temperature: 25 °C (77 °F), Fuel Inlet Temperature: 40 °C (104 °F). Barometric Pressure:
100 kPa (29.53 in Hg), Humidity: 10.7 g/kg (75 grains H2O/lb) of dry air; required for NOx correction, Restrictions: Intake
Restriction set to a maximum allowable limit for clean filter; Exhaust Back Pressure set to a maximum allowable limit..
Tests conducted using alternate test methods, instrumentation, fuel or reference conditions can yield different results.
Engine operation with excessive air intake or exhaust restriction beyond published maximum limits, or with improper
maintenance, may result in elevated emission levels.
Cummins Inc. Data and specification subject to change without notice EPA-2033c
(12/19)
PS GEN-B 2020 EPA Tier 3 Exhaust Emission
Compliance Statement
APPLICATION
250DQDAA
Stationary Emergency
60 Hz Diesel Generator Set
Compliance Information:
The engine used in this generator set complies with Tier 3 emissions limit of U.S. EPA New Source Performance
Standards for stationary emergency engines under the provisions of 40 CFR 60 Subpart IIII.
Engine Manufacturer: Cummins Inc.

EPA Certificate Number: LCEXL0540AAB-051
Effective Date: 08/07/2019
Date Issued: 08/07/2019
EPA Engine Family (Cummins Emissions Family): LCEXL0540AAB
Engine Information:
Model: QSL/QSL9/QSL9-G7 NR3 Bore: 4.49 in. (114 mm)
Engine Nameplate HP: 464 Stroke: 5.69 in. (145 mm)
Type: 4 Cycle, In-line, 6 Cylinder Diesel Displacement: 543 cu. in. (8.9 liters)
Aspiration: Turbocharged and CAC Compression ratio: 16.1:1
Emission Control Device: Exhaust stack diameter: 6 in. (152 mm)
Diesel Fuel Emission Limits

D2 Cycle Exhaust Emissions Grams per BHP-hr Grams per kWm-hr
NOX + NOX +
CO PM CO PM
NMHC NMHC
Test Results 2.8 2.5 0.11 3.8 3.3 0.15
EPA Emissions Limit 3.0 2.6 0.15 4.0 3.5 0.20
Test methods: EPA emissions recorded per 40 CFR Part 60, 89, 1039, 1065 and weighted at load points prescribed in the
regulations for constant speed engines.
Diesel fuel specifications: Cetane number: 40-50, Reference: ASTM D975 No. 2-D, 300-500 ppm Sulfur
Reference conditions: Air Inlet Temperature: 25 °C (77 °F), Fuel Inlet Temperature: 40 °C (104 °F). Barometric Pressure:
100 kPa (29.53 in Hg), Humidity: 10.7 g/kg (75 grains H2O/lb) of dry air; required for NOx correction, Restrictions: Intake
Restriction set to a maximum allowable limit for clean filter; Exhaust Back Pressure set to a maximum allowable limit..
Tests conducted using alternate test methods, instrumentation, fuel or reference conditions can yield different results.
Engine operation with excessive air intake or exhaust restriction beyond published maximum limits, or with improper
maintenance, may result in elevated emission levels.
Cummins Inc. Data and specification subject to change without notice EPA-1101q
(12/19)
SECTION IX
BATTERY AND BATTERY

CHARGER
DATA SHEETS
Batteries and accessories
Battery Specifications
Cold Ship
cranking Reserve Group weight Qts
Part number Battery amps Voltage capacity Length Width Height size lbs electrolyte
0416-0439 Dry 1400 12 430 20.75 11.00 9.63 8D 110 16.0
0416-0579 Dry 525 12 90 10.25 6.63 8.75 24C-675 20 6.0
0416-0579-01 Wet 525 12 90 10.25 6.63 8.75 24C-675 36 6.0
PS GEN-B
0416-0796 Wet 725 12 150 13.00 6.88 9.63 31-4 62 4.2
0416-0823 Dry 725 12 150 13.00 6.88 9.63 31-4 42 4.2
250kW
0416-0848 Dry 1080 12 270 20.75 8.63 9.63 4D 85 13.0
0416-0980 Wet 1000 12 200 13.00 6.88 9.63 31-5 65 4.2
0416-1040 Dry 800 12 160 13.00 6.88 9.44 31 65 4.2
0416-1051 Wet 530 12 80 8.13 6.63 7.50 26-775 31 3.7
0416-1105 Wet 1400 12 430 20.75 11.00 9.63 8D 125 16.0
0416-1138 Sealed NA 12 NA 5.88 3.88 3.75 NP12-12 9 4.0
0416-1264 Dry 730 12 420 20.67 10.83 9.45 8D 110 16.0
150kW
0416-1291 Sealed 800 12 110 10.00 6.88 7.81 34 38 4.0
0416-1330 Wet 810 12 146 10.25 6.63 8.88 24XL 43 5.9
0416-1332
WTP GEN-A Dry 420 12 60 9.13 5.25 8.88 22NF 19 4.0
2013 Cummins Power Generation Inc. All rights reserved. Cummins Power Generation and Cummins are registered trademarks of
Cummins Inc. “Our energy working for you.” is a trademark of Cummins Power Generation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.
AC-150n (11/13) Page 1 of 5
Specification sheet
Battery charger
A048G602 10 A 50/60 Hz
A051H785 20 A 50/60 Hz
Cummins® fully automatic battery chargers are Protection – Surge protected to IEEE and EN
constant voltage/constant current chargers standards. All models include single pole
incorporating a 4-stage charging algorithm. cartridge type fuses mounted on the printed
Designed for use in applications where battery circuit board to protect against input or output
life and reliability are important; these chargers, overcurrent.
complete with built-in equalize charge Easy installation – Clearly marked terminal
capability, are ideal for stationary or portable blocks and panel knockouts provide convenient
starting battery charging service. connections of input and output leads.
To achieve optimum battery life, a 4-stage User display – Output voltage and current,
charging cycle is implemented. The four fault information and status are indicated on
charging stages are constant current, high-rate the front panel. Includes precision ammeter
taper charge, finishing charge, and maintaining and voltmeter.
charge. During the constant current cycle the Monitoring – Status LED indicators are
charger operates at maximum possible output provided to show the condition of the charger.
in the fast charge mode. During the high-rate LED’s on the right side of the monitor indicate
taper charge cycle the charger stays at fast operational functions for Temperature
charge voltage level until battery current Compensation active (Green), AC on (Green),
acceptance falls to a portion of the chargers Float (Green) or Boost (Amber) mode, as well
rated output. During the finishing charge cycle as Battery Fault (Red). LED’s on the left side of
the charger operates at the float voltage and the monitor illuminate (in Red) when Charger
completes the battery charge. During the fail, High or Low VDC or AC fail occur.
maintaining charge cycle the charger supplies
Adjustable float voltage – Float voltage can
only a few milliamps required by the battery to
be set, using easy to understand jumpers, for
stay at peak capability.
optimum battery performance and life.
An optional temperature sensor (A043D534)
Construction – NEMA-1 (IP20) corrosion
may be used to adjust charging voltage based
resistant aluminium enclosure designed for wall
on temperature of the battery. Use of a battery
mounting.
temperature sensor helps to increase battery
life by preventing over or under charging. The Faults – The charger senses and annunciates
battery temperature sensor also protects the the following fault conditions: AC power loss,
battery from overheating. Temperature battery overvoltage, battery under voltage,
compensation sensor is required for all battery fault conditions and charger failure.
applications when battery charger and battery Includes an individual 30 volt/2 amp isolated
are located in different temperature or battery contact for each alarm.
heater is being used. Vibration resistant design – complies with
Battery chargers are field-configurable for UL991 class B vibration resistance
charging either 12 or 24 VDC battery systems requirements.
at 50/60 Hz operation. Simple jumper selectors Listed – C-UL listed to UL 1236 CSA standard
enable selection of output voltage and battery 22.2 No 107.2-M89. Suited for flooded and
type. AGM lead acid and NiCd batteries in generator
set installations.
Warranty – 5 year CPG warranty.
power.cummins.com
©2017 Cummins Inc. | NAAC-5602-EN (11/17)
Status and Fault LED Field selectable jumper
Specifications
Performance and physical characteristics
Output: Nominal voltage 12VDC* or 24VDC
Float voltage – 12VDC batteries 12.87, 13.08, 13.31, 13.50*, 13.62, 14.30
Float voltage – 24VDC batteries 25.74, 26.16, 26.62, 27.00*, 27.24, 28.60
Equalize-voltage 6.5% above float voltage sensing
Output voltage regulation ±0.5% (1/2%) line and load regulation
Maximum output current 10 or 20 amps nominal
Equalize charging Battery interactive auto-boost
Input: Voltage AC 120, 208, 240 ±10%
Frequency 60/50 Hz +5%
Approximate net weight: 10A: 25 lbs. (11.36 Kg)
20A: 50 lbs. (22.68 Kg)
Approximate dimensions: height x width x depth-in 10A: 12.50" x 7.66" x 6.50"(318 x 195 x 165 mm)
20A: 13.06" x 13.95" x 6.83"(332 x 354 x1 73 mm)
Ambient temperature operation: At full rated output - - 4 °F to 104 °F (-20 °C to 45 °C)
Note:
1. Battery charger comes with default settings of 12VDC and 13.50/27.00VDC float voltage and can be changed to
the battery manufacture recommendations. Replacement printed circuit board and f uses are identified in the
Owner’s Manual (10A: A050S537 and 20A: A051X126) which resides in Quick Serve On-Line. Service parts can
be purchased through the Memphis Distribution Center. The PC board replacement instruction sheet (10A:
A052N073, 20A: A053W929) and service manual (A050D829) is also available.
2. Installation and application must comply with “section 4.5.3 batteries and battery charger” of application guide T-
030 (Liquid Cooled Generator Set Application Manual A040S369).
Caution:
1. Higher input voltages (i.e. 480VAC or 600VAC) can be applied if a transformer with a 120VAC-240VAC output is
installed. Higher input voltages (i.e. 480VAC or 600VAC) can be applied if a transformer with a 120VAC-240VAC
output is installed. For voltages higher than 240 VAC, stepdown transformer must be used. Review the respective
Owner/Installation manual A050S537 for 10Amp and A051X126 20A chargers for supplier recommended
stepdown transformer requirements.
2. 10Amp battery charger is recommended for genset applications with 1 or 2 factory provided batteries. 20Amp
battery charger is recommended for Cummins Genset applications with 3 or 4 factory provided batteries. Please
consider the auxiliary DC loads connected to the genset batteries and size this charger as per the T-030
application guide to prevent misapplication issues.
3. Back feed to a utility system can cause electrocution and/or property damage. Do not connect generator sets to
any building electrical system except through an approved device or after building main switch is open.
4. For professional use only. Must be installed by a qualified service technician. Improper installation presents
hazards of electrical shock and improper operation, resulting in severe personal injury and/or property damage.
5. Use this charger for charging LEAD-ACID or LIQUID ELECTROLYTE NICKEL-CADMIUM batteries only. Do not
use this battery charger for charging dry cells, alkaline, lithium, nickel-metal hydride, or sealed nickel-cadmium
batteries that are commonly used with home appliances. These batteries may burst and cause injuries to persons
and damage to property.
6. Do not parallel these battery chargers with any other charging system.

NAAC-5602-EN (11/17)
SECTION X
CERTIFICATES OF
COMPLIANCE IBC SHEETS
WTP GEN-A
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE
SEISMIC DESIGN OF NONSTRUCTURAL COMPONENTS AND SYSTEMS
Certification No.
VMA-51071-01C (Revision 06)
Expiration Date: 06/30/2021
Certification Parameters:
The nonstructural products (mechanical and/or electrical components) listed on this certificate are CERTIFIED1 FOR SEISMIC APPLICATIONS
in accordance with the following building code2 releases.
IBC 2012, 2015, 2018

The following model designations, options, and accessories are included in this certification. Reference report number VMA-51071-01 as issued
by The VMC Group for a complete list of certified models, included accessories/options, and certified installation methods.
Cummins Power Generation, Incorporated; Diesel Gensets

Commercial Series; 10 kW – 200 kW
The above referenced equipment is APPROVED for seismic application when properly installed3, used as intended, and contains a Seismic
Certification Label referencing this Certificate of Compliance4. As limited by the tabulated values, below grade, grade, and roof-level installations,
installations in essential facilities, for life safety applications, and/or of equipment containing hazardous contents are permitted and included in
this certification with an Equipment Importance Factor assigned as IP=1.5. The equipment is qualified by successful seismic shake table testing
at the nationally recognized Dynamic Certification Laboratories under the review of the ISO Accredited Product Certification Agency, The VMC
Group.
7
Certified Seismic Design Levels
Importance I P ≤ 1.5 SDS ≤ 2.500 g SDS ≤ 2.000 g
Certified Soil Classes A-E z/h = 0.0 z/h ≤ 1.0
IBC Risk Categories I-IV Horizontal
2.400 g
Design Categories A-F Design10
ISO 17025 Laboratory AFLEX-H ≤ 3.200 g AFLEX-V ≤ 1.667 g

Test Datum
Pre/Post-Shake Functionality ARIG-H ≤ 2.400 g ARIG-V ≤ 0.667 g
AC156 Tri-axial, 5% Damping SRS
ZPAH ≤ 2.160 g ZPAV ≤ 0.600 g
Certified Seismic Installation Methods

Rigid mounting from unit base to rigid structure
Page 1 of 3
102S-103387 Rev 10
WTP GEN-A
Certified Product Table:
Maximum Dimensions (in.) Max Weight Certified Fuel SDS (g)

Power with Tank
Model RPM
Rating Enclosure Capacities
Length Width Height (lbs.) (gal.) z/h = 0.0 z/h = 1.0
C10D6 10 kW 4,300
46, 74, 91,
C15D6 15 kW 98 4,400
132, 195, 263
C20D6 20 kW 4,470
C25D6 25 kW 5,890
C30D6 30 kW 34 88 5,930 2.000
C35D6 35 kW 5,960 74, 132, 195,
131
C40D6 40 kW 6,140 263, 389
C50D6 50 kW 6,260
C60D6 60 kW 1800 6,260 2.500
C50D6C 50 kW 8,943
C60D6C 60 kW 8,990
C80D6C 80 kW 170 40 104 9,040 250, 425, 625
C100D6C 100 kW 9,216
2.500
C125D6C 125 kW 9,300
C125D6D 125 kW
C150D6D 150 kW
180 71 111 14,300 351, 737, 1055
C175D6D 175 kW
C200D6D 200 kW
This certification includes the open generator set and the enclosed generator set when installed with or without the sub-base tank. This
certification also includes the sub-base tank as a stand-alone accessory. The generator set and included options shall be a catalogue design
and factory supplied. The generator set and applicable options shall be installed and attached to the building structure per the manufacturer
supplied seismic installation instructions. This certification excludes all non-factory supplied accessories, including but not limited to mufflers,
isolation/restraint devices, remote control panels, remote radiators, pumps and other electrical/mechanical components.

Issue Date: July 3, 2015
Revision Date: August 28, 2018
Expiration Date: June 30, 2021
Page 2 of 3
102S-103387 Rev 10
WTP GEN-A
Notes and Comments:
1. All equipment listed herein successfully passed the seismic acceptance criteria for shake testing non-structural components and systems as set forth in the ICC
AC-156. The Test Response Spectrum (TRS) enveloped the Required Response Spectrum (RRS) for all units tested. The units cited in this certification were
representative sample(s) of a contingent of models and all remained captive and structurally sound after the seismic shake simulation. The units also remained
functionally operational after the simulation testing as functional testing was completed by the equipment manufacturer before and after the seismic
simulations. Although a seismic qualified unit inherently contains some wind resisting capacity, that capacity is undetermined and is excluded from this
certification. Snow/Ice loads have been neglected and thus limit the unit to be installed both indoors (covered by an independent protective structure) and out of
doors (exposed to accumulating snow/ice) for ground snow loads no greater than 30 psf for all applications.
2. The following building codes are addressed under this certification:
IBC 2012 – referencing ASCE7-10 and ICC AC-156
3. Refer to the manufacturer supplied installation drawings for anchor requirements and mounting considerations for seismic applications. Required anchor
locations, size, style, and load capacities (tension and shear) may be specified on the installation drawings or specified by a 3rd party. Mounting requirement
details such as anchor brand, type, embedment depth, edge spacing, anchor-to-anchor spacing, concrete strength, special inspection, wall design, and
attachment to non-building structures must be outlined and approved by the Engineer of Record for the project or building. Structural walls, structural floors,
and housekeeping pads must also be seismically designed and approved by the project or building Structural Engineer of Record to withstand the seismic
anchor loads as defined on the installation drawings. The installing contractor is responsible for observing the installation detailed in the seismic installation
drawings and the proper installation of all anchors and mounting hardware.
4. For this certificate and certification to remain valid, this certificate must correspond to the “Seismic Certification Label” found affixed to the unit by the factory.
The label ensures the manufacturer built the unit in conformance to the IBC seismic design criteria set forth by the Certified Seismic Qualification Agency, The
VMC Group, and meets the seismic design levels claimed by this certificate.
5. Mechanical, Electrical, and Plumbing connections to the equipment must be flexibly attached as to not transfer load through the connection. The structural
integrity of any conduit, cable trays, piping, ductwork and/or flexible connections is the responsibility of others. This certification does not guarantee the
equipment will remain compliant to NEMA, IP, UL, or CSA standards after a seismic event.
6. This certificate applies to units manufactured at:
rd
1400 73 Ave NE, OF 143, Minneapolis, MN 55432
7. This project follows The VMC Group’s ISO-17065 Scheme for Product Certification of Nonstructural Components.
8. The qualified seismic design level stated is the lowest for all series this certificate covers, for more detailed ranges of qualified seismic design levels, see the
certified product tables.
John P. Giuliano, PE
President, The VMC Group

Issue Date: July 3, 2015
Revision Date: August 28, 2018
Page 3 of 3
102S-103387 Rev 10
PS GEN-B
Certification No.
Expiration Date: 06/30/2020
Certification Parameters:
The nonstructural products (mechanical and/or electrical components) listed on this certificate are CERTIFIED1 FOR SEISMIC APPLICATIONS
in accordance with the following building code2 releases.
IBC 2006, 2009, 2012, 2015

The following model designations, options, and accessories are included in this certification. Reference report number VMA-50957-01 as issued
by The VMC Group for a complete list of certified models, included accessories/options, and certified installation methods.
Cummins Power Generation, Inc. Diesel Generator Sets

DSGAA-E, DSHAD, DQDAA-C, DQHAA-B, DFEJ-K 100kW - 500kW
The above referenced equipment is APPROVED for seismic application when properly installed3, used as intended, and contains a Seismic
Certification Label referencing this Certificate of Compliance4. As limited by the tabulated values, below grade, grade, and roof-level installations,
installations in essential facilities, for life safety applications, and/or of equipment containing hazardous contents are permitted and included in
this certification with an Equipment Importance Factor assigned as IP=1.5. The equipment is qualified by successful seismic shake table testing
at the nationally recognized University of California Berkeley Pacific Earthquake Engineering Research Center under the review of the ISO
Accredited Product Certification Agency, The VMC Group.
8
Certified Seismic Design Levels
Importance I P ≤ 1.5 SDS ≤ 1.940 g SDS ≤ .647 g
Certified Soil Classes A-E z/h = 0.0 z/h ≤ 1.0
IBC Risk Categories I-IV Horizontal
0.485 g
Design Categories A-F Design5
ISO 17025 Laboratory AFLEX-H ≤ 1.940 g AFLEX-V ≤ 1.293 g

Test Datum Pre/Post-Shake Functionality
Tri-axial, 5% Damping SRS
ARIG-H ≤ 0.776 g ARIG-V ≤ 0.518 g
AC156
ZPAH ≤ 0.698 g ZPAV ≤ 0.466 g
9
Certified Seismic Installation Methods
Rigid mounting from unit base to rigid structure External isolation mounting from unit base to rigid structure
Rigid mounting from unit base to fuel tank External isolation mounting from unit base to fuel tank
102S-103387 Rev 10 Page 1 of 3

PS GEN-B
Certified Product Table:
Max Max Dimensions SDS Level Tank

Model [ in ] [g] Mounting
Series Rating Range Enclosure*
Family Configurations
[ kW ] Length Width Height z/h=0.0 z/h=1.0 [ gal ]
DFEx 270- Rigid mounting
J, K 450, 500 366 86 128 1.94 0.64 F183, F200, from unit base
(QSX15) 2525
F201, F202, to rigid
DQDAx A, B, 250, 275, 270- structure / fuel
266 90 134 2.48 2.00 F203, F204,
(QSL9-G7) C 300 2050 tank
F205
DQHAx 270-
A, B 275, 300 226 80 128 2.28 2.28
(QSM11) 1700 External
isolation
F172, F173, mounting from
DSHAx 282- unit base to
D 230 143 42 110 2.28 2.28 F182, F216,
(QSL9-G2) 1296 rigid structure /
F217
fuel tank
Rigid mounting
A, B, 100, 125, F173, F182, from unit base
DSGAx 309-
C, D, 150, 175, 184 44 114 2.48 2.00 F216, F217, to rigid
(QSB7) 1140
E 200 F232, F233 structure / fuel
tank
*Note: The F201, F202, F204, & F205 are certified in the tested mineral wool foam configuration, as well as the analyzed PU
foam configuration highlighted in the FEA section of Certification Report VMA-50957-01
This certification includes the open generator set and the enclosed generator set when installed with or without the sub-base tank. The
generator set and included options shall be a catalogue design and factory supplied. The generator set and applicable options shall be installed
and attached to the building structure per the manufacturer supplied seismic installation instructions. This certification excludes After Treatment
Units (ATUs), all non-factory supplied accessories, including but not limited to mufflers, isolation/restraint devices, remote control panels, remote
radiators, pumps and other electrical/mechanical components.

Issue Date: March 02, 2017
Revision Date: February 06, 2019
102S-103387 Rev 10 Page 2 of 3

PS GEN-B
Notes and Comments:

1. All equipment listed herein successfully passed the seismic acceptance criteria for shake testing non-structural components and systems as set forth in the ICC
AC-156. The Test Response Spectrum (TRS) enveloped the Required Response Spectrum (RRS) for all units tested. The units cited in this certification were
representative sample(s) of a contingent of models and all remained captive and structurally sound after the seismic shake simulation. The units also remained
functionally operational after the simulation testing as functional testing was completed by the equipment manufacturer before and after the seismic
simulations. Although a seismic qualified unit inherently contains some wind resisting capacity, that capacity is undetermined and is excluded from this
certification. Snow/Ice loads have been neglected and thus limit the unit to be installed both indoors (covered by an independent protective structure) and out of
doors (exposed to accumulating snow/ice) for ground snow loads no greater than 30 psf for all applications.
2. The following building codes are addressed under this certification:
IBC 2006 – referencing ASCE7-05 and ICC-ES AC-156
3. Refer to the manufacturer supplied installation drawings for anchor requirements and mounting considerations for seismic applications. Required anchor
locations, size, style, and load capacities (tension and shear) may be specified on the installation drawings or specified by a 3rd party. Mounting requirement
details such as anchor brand, type, embedment depth, edge spacing, anchor-to-anchor spacing, concrete strength, special inspection, wall design, and
attachment to non-building structures must be outlined and approved by the Engineer of Record for the project or building. Structural walls, structural floors,
and housekeeping pads must also be seismically designed and approved by the project or building Structural Engineer of Record to withstand the seismic
anchor loads as defined on the installation drawings. The installing contractor is responsible for observing the installation detailed in the seismic installation
drawings and the proper installation of all anchors and mounting hardware.
4. For this certificate and certification to remain valid, this certificate must correspond to the “Seismic Certification Label” found affixed to the unit by the factory.
The label ensures the manufacturer built the unit in conformance to the IBC seismic design criteria set forth by the Certified Seismic Qualification Agency, The
VMC Group, and meets the seismic design levels claimed by this certificate.
5. Mechanical, Electrical, and Plumbing connections to the equipment must be flexibly attached as to not transfer load through the connection. The structural
integrity of any conduit, cable trays, piping, ductwork and/or flexible connections is the responsibility of others. This certification does not guarantee the
equipment will remain compliant to NEMA, IP, UL, or CSA standards after a seismic event.
6. This certificate applies to units manufactured at:
Cummins Power Generation, Inc., 1400 73rd Ave NE, Minneapolis, MN 55432
7. This project follows The VMC Group’s ISO-17065 Scheme for Product Certification of Nonstructural Components.
8. The qualified seismic design level stated is the lowest for all series this certificate covers, for more detailed ranges of qualified seismic design levels, see the
certified product tables.
9. The certified seismic installation methods states are a summary for all series this certificate covers, for more detailed information on the certified seismic
installation methods, see the certified product tables.
John P. Giuliano, PE
President, The VMC Group

Issue Date: March 02, 2017
Revision Date: February 06, 2019
102S-103387 Rev 10 Page 3 of 3

SECTION XI
ENCLOSURE SPECIFICATION
SHEETS
Specification sheet
WTP GEN-A
Dual wall sub-base

diesel fuel tanks -
10-200 kW generator sets
Description
Cummins® offers two series of fuel tanks (basic series and regional series) for the 10~125 kW
diesel generator sets. The “basic” series of fuel tanks provide economical solutions for areas with
no or minimal local/regional code requirements on diesel fuel tanks. The footprint of “basic” tanks
matches the generator set’s footprint. The “regional” series of fuel tanks provide flexible and
upgradable solutions for areas with extensive local/regional code requirements on diesel fuel
tanks. The footprint of the “regional” series of fuel tanks extends beyond the generator set to allow
room for installation of optional features at factory or accessories in the field for meeting
local/regional code requirements or customer specification on diesel fuel tanks. All fuel tanks and
optional features are compatible with factory installed enclosures.
These tanks are constructed of heavy gauge steel and include an internally reinforced baffle
structure for supporting the generator set. The fuel tank design features fewer seams and welds
for better corrosion resistance performance.
These tanks are pre-treated with a conversion coating and then finished with a textured powder
paint. The paint has superior UV and chemical resistance with best-in-class adhesion, flexibility,
and durability to resist chipping and substrate corrosion. Both interior compartments are treated
with a rust preventative for extended corrosion protection.
These tanks are UL and ULC Listed as secondary containment generator base tanks. Inner and outer
containments are leak checked per UL and ULC testing procedures to ensure their integrity.
These fuel tanks are offered in various sizes to satisfy different fuel capacities requirements.
Compatible generator set model
Engine D1703M V2203M 4BT3.3-G5 4BTAA3.3-G7 QSB5-G5 QSB7-G5

C10D6 C20D6 C25D6 C50D6 C50D6C C125D6D
C15D6 C30D6 C60D6 C60D6C C150D6D
Generator set C35D6 C80D6C C175D6D
model names C40D6 C100D6C C200D6D
C125D6C
power.cummins.com
WTP GEN-A
Regional fuel tanks

Standard features: Fuel level gauge - Provides direct reading of fuel level.
UL 142 and ULC-S601 listed - Minimum 110% Top mounted.
secondary IBC 2012 and 2015 certified - All optional Electric fuel level sender with gauge - Allows
features are seismically certified with this range of tanks remote electrical monitoring of fuel tank level. Flying
and generator sets. Requires factory-installed 2 ft vent leads for customer connection.
extensions or higher. Tank to foundation clearance - 2-inch bolt-thru risers allow
UL 142 & ULC-S601 listed - Minimum 125% visual inspection under tank including rodent barrier.
secondary containment capacity. Spill containment box for fuel fill - 5 gallon capacity
NFPA & IFC - Capable of meeting NFPA 30, NFPA with integral drain (to tank). Lockable lid.
110, and IFC codes with available factory-installed Overfill prevention valve - Shuts off fuel flow during filling
optional features. at approximately 95% full*. Includes fill down tube, as
Emergency pressure relief vents - Ensure adequate needed, to terminate within 6” of the bottom of the fuel
ventilation of the primary and secondary tank compartments tank. Uses a 2 inch type “F” cam lock adapter for filling.
under extreme temperature and emergency conditions. High fuel switch - Activates at 90% of full fuel level.
Normal atmospheric vent - “Mushroom” style vent Flying leads for customer connection.
ensures adequate venting of the primary tank during fill, High fuel alarm panel - Provides audible & visual
generator set running, and temperature variations. Raised alarm when fuel level reaches 90% of full fuel level.
above fuel fill.
Fill drop tube - Terminates fuel fill location within 6” of
Raised fuel fill - Includes lockable sealed fuel cap. the bottom of the fuel tank.
Lifting eyes - Allow lifting of fuel tank with generator Vent extensions - Terminate normal and emergency
set installed. vents (both primary and secondary) a minimum of 12 ft
Optional features: above the bottom of tank.
Secondary containment basin switch (rupture switch) - Seismic vent extensions - 2 ft normal and emergency
Activates a warning in the event of a primary tank leak. (both primary & secondary) extensions to meet
Side Mounted. IBC/OSHPD seismic requirements.
Low fuel level switch - Activates a warning when 40%
of the fuel is left in the tank.
* The OFPV inherently shuts off fuel at approximately 2” below the top of the fuel tank. Some tanks will shut off
below this 95% fill level.
*Picture is for reference only. See outline drawing for tank specific information by model.
power.cummins.com
WTP GEN-A
Regional tanks
Generator Actual
set Fuel run Actual
Standby consumption Tank Minimum Tank Nominal Tank time run
power Generator Engine (100% load, feature run time dimensions dry usable w/o time
output set model model Standby) code feature (L x W x H) weight* volume OFPV w/OFPV
kW gal/hr hr inch lbs gal hr hr
C301-2 24 180x40x21 1477 351 34 30
C303-2 48 180x40x42 2302 737 72 69
125 C125D6D 10.1
C305-2 72 180x40x42 2302 737 72 69
C307-2 96 180x65.5x35.3 3552 1055 104 98
C301-2 24 180x40x21 1477 351 30 26
150 C150D6D 11.7 C303-2 48 180x40x42 2302 737 63 59
QSB7-G5 C305-2 72 180x65.5x35.3 3552 1055 90 84
C301-2 24 180x40x21 1477 351 26 23
175 C175D6D 13.3 C303-2 48 180x40x42 2302 737 55 52
C305-2 72 180x65.5x35.3 3552 1055 79 74
C301-2 24 180x40x21 1477 351 24 21
200 C200D6D 14.9 C303-2 48 180x40x42 2302 737 49 47
C305-2 72 180x65.5x35.3 3552 1055 72 66
Certifications/standards/codes
UL 142 Listed - Cummins dual wall sub-base tanks are UL Listed and constructed in
accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 142 “steel aboveground tanks for
flammable and combustible liquids,” as a “secondary containment generator base tank”
NFPA - Cummins tanks are built in accordance with all applicable NFPA codes:
- NFPA 30 - Flammable and Combustible Liquids code
- NFPA 37 - Standard for Installation and use of Stationary Combustible Engine and Gas Turbines
- NFPA 110 - Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems
ISO9001 - This product was designed and manufactured in facilities certified to ISO9001.
ULC - Cummins tanks are built in accordance with all applicable ULC codes
For more information contact your local Cummins

distributor or visit power.cummins.com
NAAC-5868-EN (02/18)
PS GEN-B
Specification Sheet
Enclosures
and Tanks
250-1000 kW Gensets
Enclosure Standard Features Options

• 14-gauge steel construction (panels) • Three levels of sound attenuation
• Stainless steel hardware • Motorized louvers to protect from ice and snow
• Zinc phosphate pretreatment, e-coat primer and accumulation (available on air inlet for all models
super durable powder topcoat paint minimize and on air outlet on level II, 250-500 kW enclosures
corrosion and color fade only)
• Package listed to UL 2200 • Horizontal air discharge, sound level 2 only
(250-500 kW)
• Designed to satisfy national electrical code
installation requirements • Aluminium construction with roll-coated polymer
paint
• Fuel and electrical stub-up area within enclosure
perimeter • Wind rated to 150 mph
• Fixed louvers • Neutral sandstone paint color
• Cambered roof prevents water accumulation • Factory mounted battery charger
• Recessed, lockable doors in two sides • External 120 VAC service outlet
• Retainers hold doors open for easy access • Rain hoods for air inlet (250-500 kW)
• Enclosed exhaust silencer ensures safety and • Lifting base in lieu of a sub-base tank (250-500 kW)
protects against rust - Pre-wired AC distribution package
• Rain cap - 100 amp (250-500 kW) or 150 amp
• Exterior oil and coolant drains with interior valves (600-1000 kW) main circuit breaker; connected to
for ease of service 120 VAC Line-Neutral and 208 or 240 VAC
Line-Line, spare breaker positions and capacity
• Rodent barriers on inlet for future upgrades (600-1000 kW)
• Non-hydroscopic sound attenuating material - GFCI protected internal 120 VAC service
• Side mounted controls and circuit breakers receptacle
• Easy access lifting points for spreader bars - GFCI protected weather proof external 120 volt
• Dual vibration isolation system (250-500 kW) service receptacle
• Spring vibration isolation system (600-1000 kW) - All factory installed AC powered features pre-
wired into load center
• Enclosure mounts to lifting base or fuel tank
(250-500 kW) • Interior lights – 120 volt (600-1000 kW)
• Enclosure mounts to lifting base (600-1000 kW) • Rain hoods for air inlet (250-500 kW)
• Factory pre-assembled package • Seismic isolators available (600-1000 kW)
• Designed for outdoor use only
• Externally mounted emergency stop button for
operator safety (optional on 250-500 kW)
• Horizontal air discharge to prevent leaf and snow
accumulation (600-1000 kW)
power.cummins.com
©2018 Cummins Inc. | S-1443 (11/18)
PS GEN-B
Fuel Tanks
Standard sub-base tank features Sub-base tank options
• UL 142 Listed • Pre-wired fuel pump and control
• ULC-S601-07 Listed • Fuel overfill alarm – internal or external
• NFPA37 compliant • Overflow and tank fill plugs
• Dual walled, steel construction • Five gallon spill fill box – internal or external
• Emergency tank and rupture basin vents • Fill pipe extender
• Tank mounted mechanical fuel gauge • Local code approvals available
• Fuel supply and return tubes
• Top mounted leak detection float switch
• Low and high level fuel switches
• Mounting brackets for optional pump and control
(250-500 kW)
• Integral lifting points
200-500 kW Dual Wall Sub-base Fuel Tanks – usable operating hours

Gallons
Genset /hour at 270 300 400 500 600 660 720 850 1420 1470 1700 2050 2525
model full gallon gallon gallon gallon gallon gallon gallon gallon gallon gallon gallon gallon gallon
(60 Hz) load tank tank tank tank tank tank tank tank tank tank tank tank tank
250 DQDAA 20 14 15 20 25 30 33 36 72 74 104
275 DQDAB 21 13 14 19 24 29 31 34 66 70 96
300 DQDAC 23 12 13 17 22 26 29 31 61 64 88
300 DQHAB 23 12 13 17 22 26 29 37 74
450 DFEJ 30 9 10 13 17 20 22 28 57 84
500 DFEK 34 8 9 11 15 18 19 25 50 74
Operating hours are measured at 60 Hz, standby rating.
600-1000 kW Dual Wall Sub-base Fuel Tanks – usable operating hours

Gallons
/hour at 200 660 1000 1500 2000 2400
Genset full gallon gallon gallon gallon gallon gallon
model load tank tank tank tank tank tank
600 DQCA 42 5 16 24 36 48 57
600 DQPAA 45 4 15 22 33 44 53
650 DQPAB 50 4 13 20 30 40 48
750 DQCB 51 4 13 20 29 39 47
750 DQFAA 53 4 12 19 28 38 45
800 DQCC 53 4 12 19 28 38 45
800 DQFAB 56 4 12 18 27 36 43
900 DQFAC 64 3 10 16 23 31 38
1000 DQFAD 72 3 9 14 21 28 33
*3000 gallon tank offered as an accessory kit – refer to NAAC-5853 spec sheet.
- Operating hours are measured at 60 Hz, standby rating.
- Up to 90% fill alarm to comply with NFPA30, operating capacity is reduced by 10%.
power.cummins.com
©2018 Cummins Inc. | S-1443 (11/18)
PS GEN-B
Enclosure Package Sound Pressure Levels @ 7 meters dB(A)

QuietSite level 1 sound QuietSite level 2 sound
Weather protective enclosure attenuated enclosure attenuated enclosure
Genset model (F200, F203) (F201, F204) (F202, F205)
250 DQDAA 90 88 72
275 DQDAB 90 88 73
300 DQDAC 90 88 73
300 DQHAB 89 88 76
450 DFEJ 88 85 74
500 DFEK 89 87 73
600 DQCA 90.6/86* 79.3/78* 74.1/73*
600 DQPAA 89.10 80.70 74.70
650 DQPAB 89.70 81.40 75
750 DQCB 91.1/87* 79.9/79* 75.3/74*
750 DQFAA 87.8 77.8 73.8
800 DQCC 91.3/87* 80.2/79* 75.7/74*
800 DQFAB 88.1 78.3 74
900 DQFAC 88.8 79.1 74.6
1000 DQFAD 89.6 80.1 75.3
- All data is 60 Hz, full load standby rating, steel enclosures only.
- Data is a measured average of 8 positions.
- Sound levels for aluminium enclosures are approximately 2 dB(A) higher than listed sound levels for steel enclosures.
* Sound data with seismic feature codes L228-2 (IBC) and/or L225-2 (OSHPD)
power.cummins.com
©2018 Cummins Inc. | S-1443 (11/18)
PS GEN-B
Package Dimensions of Enclosure, Exhaust System, and UL Tank

250-500 kW
Weather QuietSite QuietSite Weather QuietSite QuietSite
protective level I level 2 protective level 1 level 2
Tank size package package package package package package
(gal) length (in) length (in) length (in) Width (in) Height (in) weight (lbs) weight (lbs) weight (lbs)
270 188 188 222 82 106 4991 5471 6711
300 188 188 222 82 104 5648 6073 6991
400 188 188 222 82 106 5833 6258 7176
500 188 188 222 82 108 5956 6381 7299
600 188 188 222 82 111 6116 6541 7459
660 188 188 222 82 113 6235 6660 7578
720 188 188 222 82 114 6174 6599 7517
850 188 188 222 82 118 6529 6954 7872
1420 200 200 222 82 128 6863 7343 8583
1470 192 192 222 82 128 7253 7733 8973
1700 234 234 234 82 128 7982 8407 9325
2050 284 284 284 82 128 8383 8863 10103
2525 346 346 346 82 128 9391 9871 11111
Lifting base 188 188 222 82 100 4335 4760 5678
600-1000 kW
Weather QuietSite QuietSite Weather QuietSite QuietSite
protective level I level 2 protective level 1 level 2
Tank size package package package package package package
(gal) length (in) length (in) length (in) Width (in) Height (in) weight (lbs) weight (lbs) weight (lbs)
200 260 303 315 98 137 10194 13074 14954
660 260 303 315 98 137 9586 12466 14346
1000 260 303 315 98 141 10117 12997 14877
1500 260 303 315 98 146 10677 13557 15437
2000 292 327 327 98 143 11959 14839 16719
2400 338 338 338 98 143 12961 15841 17721
- This weight does not include the generator set. Consult your local Cummins distributor or the appropriate generator
specification sheet.
- Width is 86” lifting eye to lifting eye (250-500 kW), 102” lifting eye to lifting eye (600-1000 kW).
- Height - Florida, Michigan, and Suffolk add 6.4” (250-500 kW) or 2” (600-1000 kW) for bottom space.
- Maximum length emergency vent removed.
CSA - The generator set is CSA certified to product class 4215-01.
UL - The generator set is available listed to UL 2200, stationary engine generator assemblies. The
PowerCommand® control is listed to UL 508 - Category NITW7 for U.S. and Canadian usage.

S-1443 (11/18)
SECTION XII
TRANSFER SWITCH DATA

SHEETS
(QTY 1) 400A
(QTY 1) 600A
Specification sheet
WTP ATS-A and PS ATS-B
OTPC Transfer
switch open
and closed
transition
40 - 4000 Amp
OTPC transfer switches are designed for operation PowerCommand® control – A fully featured
and switching of electrical loads between primary microprocessor-based control with digital display.
power and Standby generator sets. They are suitable Controls allow operator to enter settings and make
for use in emergency, legally required and optional adjustments to software-enabled features easily and
Standby applications. The switch monitors both power accurately. Accommodates up to eight event
sources, signals generator set startup, automatically schedules.
transfers power, and returns the load to the primary Programmed transition – Open transition timing can
power source when the utility returns and stabilizes. be adjusted to completely disconnect the load from
OTPC transfer switches are available with closed both sources for a programmed time period, as
transition transfer. By briefly connecting the two recommended by NEMA MG-1 for transfer of
sources (for 100 msec or less), the transfer from the inductive loads.
alternate source back to the normal source occurs Advanced transfer switch mechanism – Unique bi-
without interruption in the power supply to loads. directional linear actuator provides smooth,
Continuous transfer switch action during automatic
operation.
Robust control system design – Optically isolated
logic inputs and isolation transformers for AC power
inputs provide high-voltage surge protection.
Main contacts – Heavy-duty silver alloy contacts
with multi-leaf arc chutes are rated for motor loads or
total system load transfer. They require no routine
contact maintenance.
Continuous load current not to exceed 100% of
switch rating and Tungsten loads not to exceed 30%
of switch rating.
Communications capability – The transfer switch is
capable of communicating with other transfer
switches, SCADA and remote monitoring systems, or
Cummins generators utilizing LonWorks® protocol.
Easy service/access – Single-plug harness
connection and compatible terminal markings simplify
servicing. Access space is ample. Door-mounted
controls are field-programmable; not tool is required.
Complete product line – Cummins offers a wide
range of equipment, accessories and services to suit
virtually any backup power application.
Warranty and service - Products are backed by a
comprehensive warranty and a worldwide network of
distributors with factory-trained service technicians.
power.cummins.com
©2018 Cummins Inc. | S-1270 (06/18)
Transfer switch mechanism

• Transfer switch mechanism is electrically operated and mechanically held in
the source 1 and source 2 positions. The transfer switch incorporates
electrical and mechanical interlocks to prevent inadvertent interconnection of
the sources.
• Independent break-before-make action is used for both 3-pole and 4-pole/
switched neutral switches. This design allows use of sync check operation
when required, or control of the operating speed of the transfer switch for
proper transfer of motor and rectifier-based loads (programmed transition
feature).
• True 4-pole switching allows for proper ground (earth) fault sensing and
consistent, reliable operation for the life of the transfer switch. The neutral
poles of the transfer switch have the same ratings as the phase poles and
are operated by a common crossbar mechanism, eliminating the possibility
of incorrect neutral operation at any point in the operating cycle, or due to
failure of a neutral operator.
• High pressure silver alloy contacts resist burning and pitting. Separate arcing
surfaces further protect the main contacts. Contact wear is reduced by
multiple leaf arc chutes that cool and quench the arcs. Barriers separate the
phases to prevent interphase flashover. A transparent protective cover
allows visual inspection while inhibiting inadvertent contact with energized
components
• Switch mechanism, including contact assemblies, is third party certified to
verify suitability for applications requiring high endurance switching capability
for the life of the transfer switch. Withstand and closing ratings are validated
using the same set of contacts, further demonstrating the robust nature of
the design
Specifications
Voltage rating 600 VAC, 50 or 60 Hz.
Arc interruption Multiple leaf arc chutes provide dependable arc interruption.
Neutral bar A full current-rated neutral bar with lugs is standard on enclosed 3-pole transfer
switches.
Auxiliary contacts Two isolated contacts (one for each source) indicating switch position are provided
for customer use. Contacts are normally open, and close to indicate connection to
the source. Wired to terminal block for easy access. Rated at 10 amps Continuous
and 250 VAC maximum. UL recognized, and CSA-certified.
Operating temperature -40 ˚F (-40 ˚C) to 140 ˚F (60 ˚C)
Storage temperature -40 ˚F (-40 ˚C) to 140 ˚F (60 ˚C)
Humidity Up to 95% relative, non-condensing
Altitude Up to 10,000 ft (3,000 m) without derating
Surge withstand ratings Voltage surge performance and testing in compliance with the requirements of IEEE
C62.41 (Category B3) and IEEE C62.45.
Total transfer time Will not exceed 6 cycles at 60 Hz with normal voltage applied to the actuator and
(source-to-source) without programmed transition enabled.
Manual operation handles Transfer switches rated through 1000 amps are equipped with permanently attached
operating handles and quick-break, quick-make contact mechanisms suitable for
manual operation. Transfer switches over 1000 amps are equipped with manual
operators. All switches must be de-energized before manual operation is attempted.
power.cummins.com
©2018 Cummins Inc. | S-1270 (06/18)
Transition modes
Open transition/programmed: Controls the time required for the device to switch from source to source, so that the load
generated voltages decay to a safe level before connecting to an energized source. Recommended by NEMA MG-1 to
prevent nuisance-tripping breakers and load damage. Adjustable 0-60 seconds, default 0 seconds. Programmed
transition is standard on 150-1200 amp switches, and optional on 1600-4000 amps.
Open transition/in-phase: Initiates open transition transfer when in-phase monitor senses both sources are in phase.
Operates in a break-before-make sequence. Includes ability to enable programmed transition as a back-up. If sources are
not in phase within 120 seconds, switches from 40-1200 amps will transfer using programmed transition (not available on
open transition switches over 1200 amps).
Closed transition: Used in applications where loads are sensitive to the momentary power interruption that occurs when
performing open transition between sources. Closed transition is accomplished by briefly (<100 msec) paralleling two
good sources to eliminate the momentary break in the power supply. Closed transition is only available as an option on
OTPC models from 1000-4000 amps.
Genset-to-genset: Either genset can be designated as the lead genset. If the lead genset goes down or is taken offline,
the transfer switch starts the second genset and transfer the load. The control can be programmed to alternate between
the two gensets at a set interval up to 336 hours (2 weeks).
PowerCommand control
PowerCommand controls are microprocessor based and developed specifically for automatic transfer switch operation.
The control includes all of the features and options required for most applications.
• LED lamps indicate source availability, source connected, exercise mode and test mode.
• Flash memory stores the control settings.
• Contents of the memory are not lost even if power to the controller is lost.
• On-board battery maintains the real-time clock setting and the engine start time delay.
• Choice of two control packages allows selection of the most suitable control for the application.
power.cummins.com
©2018 Cummins Inc. | S-1270 (06/18)
Control functions
Level 1 control (C023) Level 2 control (C024)
Open transition (in-phase) Open transition (in-phase)
Open transition (programmed) Open transition (programed)
Utility-to-genset applications Closed transition: Includes fail-to-disconnect timer to
Software adjustable time delays: prevent extended paralleling with the utility
• Engine start: 0 to 120 sec Utility-to-genset applications
• Transfer normal to emergency: 0 to 120 sec Re-transfer Utility-to-utility applications
emergency to normal: 0 to 30 min Genset-to-genset applications
• Engine stop: 0 to 30 min Software adjustable time delays:
• Programmed transition: 0 to 60 sec • Engine start: 0 to 120 sec
Undervoltage sensing: 3-phase normal, 1-phase • Transfer normal to emergency: 0 to 120 sec
emergency • Re-transfer emergency to normal: 0 to 30
• Accuracy: =/- 2% • min Engine stop: 0 to 30 min
• Pickup: 85% to 100% of nominal voltage • Programmed transition: 0 to 60 sec
• Dropout: 75% to 98% of pickup setting Undervoltage sensing: 3-phase normal, 3-phase
• Dropout time delay: 0-4 sec emergency
Overvoltage sensing: 3-phase normal, 1-phase • Accuracy: +/- 2%
emergency • Pickup: 85% to 100% of nominal voltage
• Accuracy: =/- 2% • Dropout: 75% to 98% of pickup setting
• Pickup: 95% to 99% of dropout setting • Dropout time delay: 0-4 sec
• Dropout: 105% to 135% of nominal voltage Overvoltage sensing: 3-phase normal, 3-phase
• Dropout time delay: 0 to 120 sec emergency
Over/under frequency sensing: • Accuracy: ± 2%
• Accuracy: ±0.05 Hz • Pickup: 95% to 99% of dropout setting
• Pickup: ±5% to ±20% of nominal frequency • Dropout: 105% to 135% of nominal voltage
• Dropout: 1-5% beyond pickup • Dropout time delay: 0 to 120 sec
• Dropout time delay: 0.1 to 15.0 sec Over/under frequency sensing:
Programmable genset exerciser: One event/schedule • Accuracy: =/- 0.05 Hz
with or w/o load • Pickup: ±5% to ±20% of nominal frequency
Basic indicator panel: • Dropout: 1-5% beyond pickup
• Source available/connected LED indicators • Dropout time delay: 0.1 to 15.0 sec
• Test/exercise/override buttons Voltage imbalance sensing:
• Digital display – optional (M018) • Dropout: 2% to 10%
• Analog bar graph meter display – optional (D009) • Pickup: 90% of dropout
Date/time-stamped event recording: 50 events • Time delay: 2.0 to 20.0 sec
Load sequencing: Optional with network communications Phase rotation sensing:
module M031. Provides control for eight steps of load with
• Time delay: 100 msec
an adjustable time delay for each step on transfer, re-
transfer or both. Loss of single phase detection:
• Time delay: 100 msec
Programmable genset exerciser: Eight events/schedules
with or w/o load
Basic indicator panel:
• Source available/connected LED indicators
• Test/exercise/override buttons
• Digital display – standard
• Analog bar graph meter display – optional (D009)
Date/time-stamped event recording: 50 events
Load sequencing: Optional with network communications
module M031. Provides control for eight steps of load with
an adjustable time delay for each step on transfer, re-
transfer, or both.
Genset-to-genset: Same functions as above for lead and
secondary generators.
Utility-to-utility: Same functions as above, for preferred
and alternate source
power.cummins.com
©2018 Cummins Inc. | S-1270 (06/18)
Time-delay functions
Engine start: Prevents nuisance genset starts due to momentary power system variation or loss. Not included in utility-
to-utility systems.
Transfer normal to emergency: Allows genset to stabilize before application of load. Prevents power interruption if
normal source variation or loss is momentary. Allows staggered transfer of loads in multiple transfer switch systems. For
genset-to-genset applications, delays transfer of load from lead to secondary generator.
Re-transfer emergency to normal: Allows the utility to stabilize before re-transfer of load. Prevents needless power
interruption if return of normal source is momentary. Allows staggered transfer of loads in multiple transfer switch
systems. For genset-to-genset applications, delays re-transfer of load from secondary back to lead generator.
Engine stop: Maintains availability of the genset for immediate reconnection if the normal source fails shortly after
retransfer. Allows gradual genset cool down by running unloaded. Not included in utility-to-utility systems.
Elevator pre-transfer signal: Requires optional relay signal module (M023). Signals elevator system that transfer is
pending and delays transfer for pre-set interval of 0-60 seconds to prevent a power interruption during elevator operation
User interfaces Control options

Basic interface panel Relay signal module (M023)
LED indicators provide at-a-glance source and transfer Provides relay output contacts for sending information to
switch status for quick summary of system conditions. Test the building monitoring and control system. Relay outputs
and override buttons allow delays to be bypassed for rapid include: source 1 connected/available, source 2
system checkout. connected/available, not in auto, test/exercise active, failed
Digital display (M018) to disconnect, failed to synchronize, failed to transfer/re-
The digital display provides a convenient method for transfer, and elevator control pre-transfer signal.
monitoring load power conditions, adjusting transfer switch Loadshed (M007)
parameters, monitoring PowerCommand network status or Removes the load from the emergency power source by
reviewing transfer switch events. Password protection driving the transfer switch to the neutral position when
limits access to adjustments to authorized personnel. The signalled remotely. Transfers load back to the emergency
digital display is optional with the PowerCommand Level 1 source when the signal contacts open. Immediately re-
control and comes standard with the Level 2 control. transfers back to the primary source when available.
Available for utility-to-genset applications only.
User interface options
PowerCommand network interface (M031)
Front panel security key (M017) Provides connection to the PowerCommand network.
Locks front panel to prohibit access to digital control LonWorks compatible for integration with building
settings. Prevents unauthorized activation of transfer or monitoring and control system.
test functions. Load power and load current monitoring (M022)
Bar graph meter display (D009) Measures load phase and neutral current, power factor,
An LED bar graph display provides an easy-to-read real power (kW) and apparent power (kVA). Warns of
indicator of the level of power being supplied to the load. excessive neutral current resulting from unbalanced or
Information displayed includes: 3-phase voltage and nonlinear loads. Minimum current level detection is 3%.
current, frequency, power factor, and kilowatts. Green,
amber, and red LEDs provide at-a-glance indication of
system acceptability. Available as an option with the Level
2 PowerCommand microprocessor control.
power.cummins.com
©2018 Cummins Inc. | S-1270 (06/18)
UL withstand and closing ratings

OTPC transfer switches must be protected by circuit breakers or fuses. Referenced drawings include detailed listings of
specific breakers or fuse types that must be used with the respective transfer switches. Consult with your distributor/dealer to
obtain the necessary drawings. Withstand and closing ratings (WCR) are stated in symmetrical RMS amperes.
MCCB protection Special circuit breaker protection

WCR @ volts With specific
Transfer max with current Max
switch ampere Max MCCB Drawing
specific limiting CLB Drawing reference
ratings reference
manufacturers breakers rating
MCCBs (CLB)
40, 70, 125 3-pole 14,000 at 480 200,000 at 480
225 A A050J441 225 A A048J566
14,000 at 600 100,000 at 600
30,000 at 480 200,000 at 480
40, 70, 125 4-pole 400 A A048E949 400 A A051D533
30,000 at 600 100,000 at 600
30,000 at 480 200,000 at 480
150, 225, 260 400 A A048E949 400 A A051D533
30,000 at 600 100,000 at 600
300, 400, 600 65,000 at 480 1200 A A056M829 200,000 at 480 1200 A A048J564
65,000 at 600 100,000 at 600
800, 1000 open 65,000 at 480 1400 A A056M821 150,000 at 480 1400 A A048J562
50,000 at 600 100,000 at 600
1000, 1200 closed 85,000 at 480 1600 A A052L319 200,000 at 480 1600 A A048P186
65,000 at 600* 200,000 at 600
1200 open, 85,000 at 480 1600 A A056M825
delayed
65,000 at 600*
1600, 2000, 3000, These amperages don’t have specific circuit breaker
4000 ratings. See 3 cycle ratings table.
*CSA only
power.cummins.com
©2018 Cummins Inc. | S-1270 (06/18)
Fuse protection
WCR @ volts
Transfer max. with
Max fuse, size and type Drawing reference
switch ampere current limiting
fuses
40, 70, 125 200,000 at 480 200 A Class, J, RK1, RK5, T
A050J441
3- and 4-pole 200,000 at 600
200,000 at 480 600 A Class, J, RK1, RK5
150, 225, 260 A048E949
200,000 at 600 1200 A Class L or T
200,000 at 480 600 A Class, RK1 or RK5

300, 400, 600 A056M829
200,000 at 600 1200 A Class L or T
800, 1000 open 200,000 at 480 600 A Class, J, RK1 or RK5 A056M821
200,000 at 600 1200 A Class T
2000 A Class L
1000, 1200 closed 200,000 at 480** 3000 A Class L A052L319
1200 open 200,000 at 480 600 A Class, J, RK1 or RK5 A056M825

200,000 at 600 1200 A Class T
2000 A Class L
1600, 2000 200,000 at 480** 2500 A Class L A052L322
3000 200,000 at 480** 4000 A Class L A052L322
4000 200,000 at 480** 6000 A Class L A052L324

200,000 at 600*
*CSA only
**UL only
3-cycle ratings
Transfer switch WCR @ volts max 3
Max MCCB rating Drawing reference
ampere cycle rating
300, 400, 600 25,000 at 600 1200 A A056M829
800, 1000 35,000 at 600 1400 A A056M821
1000, 1200 closed 50,000 at 480 1600 A A052L319
42,000 at 600*
1200 open 50,000 at 480 1600 A A056M825
42,000 at 600
1600, 2000 100,000 at 480 4000 A A052L322
65,000 at 600*
3000 100,000 at 480 4000 A A052L322
65,000 at 600*
4000 100,000 at 480 5000 A A052L324
85,000 at 600*
*CSA only
power.cummins.com
©2018 Cummins Inc. | S-1270 (06/18)
Transfer switch lug capacities
All lugs are 90°C rated and accept copper or aluminium wire unless indicated otherwise.
Cables per
Amp rating Size
phase
40, 70, 125 3-pole 1 #12 AWG-2/0
40 4-pole 1 #14 AWG-2/0
70, 125 4-pole 1 #6 AWG - 300 MCM
150, 225 1 #6 AWG - 300 MCM
260 1 #6 AWG - 400 MCM
PS ATS-B 300, 400 2 Two hole lug, one accepts 3/0 AWG – 600 MCM and the other accepts #4 AWG – 250
MCM
600 2 250 - 500 MCM
WTP ATS-A
800, 1000 open, 4 250 - 500 MCM
delayed
1000, 1200 closed 4 #2 AWG to 600 MCM
1200 open, 4 # 2 AWG to 600 MCM, standard (Feature N045)
delayed 1/0 AWG to 750 MCM, optional (Feature N066)
Compression Lug Adapter, optional (feature N032)**
1600, 2000 8 #2 AWG to 600 MCM (lugs optional)
3000 8 #2 AWG to 600 MCM (lugs optional)
4000 12 1/0 AWG to 750 MCM (lugs optional)
**Recommended Compression lugs (½” stud , 1-3/4” centers) Lug mounting hardware included
750 MCM 600 MCM 500 MCM Manufacturer

CRA- 750L2 CRA-600L2 CRA-500L2
2ACL-750 2ACL-600 2ACL-500 ILSCO
2IACL-750 2IACL-600 2IACL-500
54223 54289 54286
60278 60275 60273
60278N 60278N 60278N THOMAS & BETTS
LCN75 LCN600 LCN500
ATL502 ATL602 ATL5002
YA39-2LN YA36-2LN YA34-2LN
YA39-2N YA36-2N YA34-2N
YA44L-2NTC-LD - YA38L-2NTC-FX
BURNDY
YAG44L-2NTC-LD - YAG38L-2NTC-LD
YA44-2N-FXB - YA38-2N-FXB
YA39A5 And YA39AM2 YA36A3 YA34A3
power.cummins.com
©2018 Cummins Inc. | S-1270 (06/18)
Dimensions - transfer switch in UL type 4X stainless steel enclosure

Depth Cabinet
Amp Height Width Weight Outline
Door closed Door open type
rating drawing
in mm in mm in mm in mm lb kg
40, 70, 46.0 1168 32.0 813 16.0 406 46.0 1168 255 102 4X 0500-4184
125
3-pole
40, 70, 46.0 1168 32.0 813 16.0 406 46.0 1168 1168 255 4X 0500-4896
125
4-pole
150, 225 46.0 1168 32.0 813 16.0 406 46.0 1168 255 102 4X 0500-4184
260 46.0 1168 32.0 813 16.0 406 46.0 1168 255 102 4X 0500-4184
300, 400, 73.5 1867 32.5 826 19.5 495 49.5 1257 410 186 4X 0500-4185
600
800, 1000 73.5 1867 32.5 826 19.5 495 49.5 1257 410 186 4X 0500-4185
open
1000, 7.0 1778 40.0 1016 19.8 502 59.0 1499 450 204 4X 0310-0482
1200
closed
1200 90.0 2290 39.0 991 27.5 699 64.7 1644 730 331 4X A041N372
open
1600, 90.0 2290 35.5 826 50.9 1293 80.0 2032 1100 499 4X 0310-0744
2000*
* Rear and side access is required for installation. Dimensions shown are for 4-pole. For information on 3-pole switches, call factory.
power.cummins.com
©2018 Cummins Inc. | S-1270 (06/18)
PS ATS-B
(QTY 1) 400A
Submittal detail
Amperage ratings Standards
• 40 • A046 UL 1008/CSA certification
• 70 • A064 NFPA 20 compliant (not available on 1200-4000 amp
• 125 switches)
• 150 • A080 Seismic certification
• 225 Controls
• 260
• C023 PowerCommand control - Level 1
• 300
• 400
• 600 Control options
• 800 • M017 Security key - front panel
• 1000 • M018 Digital display
• 1200 • M022 Load monitoring (min current level 3%)
• 1600 • M023 Relay signal module. Includes pre-transfer module for
• 2000 elevator control
• 3000 • M031 LonWorks network communications module (FTT-10)
• 4000 Meter
Voltage ratings • D009 Analog bar graph meter
• R020 120* Battery chargers
• R038 190 • K001 2 amps, 12/24 volts
• R021 208 • KB59 15 amps, 12 volts
• R022 220 • KB60 12 amps, 24 volts Protective relays (closed transition)
• R023 240 • M045 Paralleling timer and lock-out relays, ANSI/IEEE
• R024 380 62PL and 86
• R025 416 • M046 Paralleling timer, lock-out and reverse power relays, single
• R035 440 phase, ANSI/IEEE 62PL, 86 and 32R
• R026 480 • M047 Paralleling timer, lock-out and reverse power relays, three
* Single phase connection (not available on 1200-4000 amps) • Auxiliary relays - Relays are UL listed and factory installed. All
Pole configuration relays provide two normally closed isolated and two normally
open contacts rated 10 amps at 600 VAC. Relay terminals
• A028 Poles - 3 (solid neutral)
accept from one 18 gauge to two 12 gauge wires per terminal.
• A029 Poles - 4 (switched neutral)
• L101 24 VDC coil - installed, not wired (for customer use).
Frequency • L102 24 VDC coil - emergency position - relay energized when
• A044 60 Hertz switch is in Source 2 (emergency) position.
• A045 50 Hertz • L103 24 VDC coil - normal position - relay energized when
Transfer mode switch is in Source 1 (normal) position
• L201 12 VDC coil - installed, not wired
• A077 Open transition/in-phase • L202 12 VDC coil - emergency position - relay energized when
• A078 Open transition/programmed switch is in Source 2 (emergency) position
• A079 Closed transition (available 1000-4000 amps, for closed • L203 12 VDC coil - normal position - relay energized when
transition below 1000 amps, see CHPC spec sheet S-1437) switch is in Source 1 (normal) position
Application Miscellaneous options
• A035 Utility to genset • M003 Terminal block - 30 points (not wired)
• A036 Utility to utility • N020 Terminal block – re-transfer inhibit
• A037 Genset to genset • M007 Load shed - from emergency - drives switch to neutral
System options position when remote signal contact closes
• A041 Single Phase, 2-wire or 3-wire • N009 Power connect - bus Stabs (1200 amp open construction
(not available 1200- 4000 amps) only)
• A042 Three Phase, 3-wire or 4-wire • N013 Extension harness (open construction only)
Lug Kits (select one)
Enclosure
• N008 Cable lugs, mechanical, 600 MCM, 8 per pole (1600A,
• B001 Type 1: Indoor use, provides some protection against dirt 2000A, 3000A only)
(similar to IEC type IP30) • N032 Lug adapters, compression, ½ Stud (1200A only)
• B002 Type 3R:Intended for outdoor use, provides some • N045 Cable lugs, mechanical, 600 MCM, 4 per pole
protection from dirt, rain and snow (similar to IEC type IP34) (1200A only)
• B003 Type 4: Indoor or outdoor use, provides some protection • N066 Cable lugs, mechanical, 750 MCM, 4 per pole
from wind-blown dust and water spray (similar to IEC type IP65) (1200A only)
• B004 Open Construction: No enclosure – includes automatic • N056 Cable Lugs, mechanical, 750 MCM, 12 per pole (4000A
transfer switch and controls (call factory for dimensions) only)
• B010 Type 12: Indoor use, some protection from dust (similar to
IEC type IP61)
Warranty
• B025 Type 4X: Stainless steel, indoor or outdoor use, provides • G010 Years 0-2: Parts, labor and travel Years 3-5: Parts only
some protection from corrosion (similar to IEC Type IP65) Years 6-10: Main contacts only
• G013 Years 0-5: Comprehensive Years 6-10: Main contacts only
Shipping
• A051 Packing - export box
Accessories
• AC-167 Accessories specifications sheet
power.cummins.com
©2018 Cummins Inc. | S-1270 (06/18)
WTP ATS-A
(QTY 1) 600A
Submittal detail
Amperage ratings Standards
• 40 • A046 UL 1008/CSA certification
• 70 • A064 NFPA 20 compliant (not available on 1200-4000 amp
• 125 switches)
• 150 • A080 Seismic certification
• 225 Controls
• 260
• 300
• 400
• 600 Control options
• 800 • M017 Security key - front panel
• 1000 • M018 Digital display
• 1200 • M022 Load monitoring (min current level 3%)
• 1600 • M023 Relay signal module. Includes pre-transfer module for
• 2000 elevator control
• 3000 • M031 LonWorks network communications module (FTT-10)
• 4000 Meter
Voltage ratings • D009 Analog bar graph meter
• R020 120* Battery chargers
• R038 190 • K001 2 amps, 12/24 volts
• R021 208 • KB59 15 amps, 12 volts
• R022 220 • KB60 12 amps, 24 volts Protective relays (closed transition)
• R023 240 • M045 Paralleling timer and lock-out relays, ANSI/IEEE
• R024 380 62PL and 86
• R025 416 • M046 Paralleling timer, lock-out and reverse power relays, single
• R026 480 • M047 Paralleling timer, lock-out and reverse power relays, three
* Single phase connection (not available on 1200-4000 amps) • Auxiliary relays - Relays are UL listed and factory installed. All
Pole configuration relays provide two normally closed isolated and two normally
open contacts rated 10 amps at 600 VAC. Relay terminals
• A028 Poles - 3 (solid neutral)
accept from one 18 gauge to two 12 gauge wires per terminal.
• A029 Poles - 4 (switched neutral)
• L101 24 VDC coil - installed, not wired (for customer use).
Frequency • L102 24 VDC coil - emergency position - relay energized when
• A044 60 Hertz switch is in Source 2 (emergency) position.
• A045 50 Hertz • L103 24 VDC coil - normal position - relay energized when
Transfer mode switch is in Source 1 (normal) position
• L201 12 VDC coil - installed, not wired
• A077 Open transition/in-phase • L202 12 VDC coil - emergency position - relay energized when
• A078 Open transition/programmed switch is in Source 2 (emergency) position
• A079 Closed transition (available 1000-4000 amps, for closed • L203 12 VDC coil - normal position - relay energized when
transition below 1000 amps, see CHPC spec sheet S-1437) switch is in Source 1 (normal) position
Application Miscellaneous options
• A035 Utility to genset • M003 Terminal block - 30 points (not wired)
• A036 Utility to utility • N020 Terminal block – re-transfer inhibit
• A037 Genset to genset • M007 Load shed - from emergency - drives switch to neutral
System options position when remote signal contact closes
• A041 Single Phase, 2-wire or 3-wire • N009 Power connect - bus Stabs (1200 amp open construction
(not available 1200- 4000 amps) only)
• A042 Three Phase, 3-wire or 4-wire • N013 Extension harness (open construction only)
Lug Kits (select one)
Enclosure
• N008 Cable lugs, mechanical, 600 MCM, 8 per pole (1600A,
• B001 Type 1: Indoor use, provides some protection against dirt 2000A, 3000A only)
(similar to IEC type IP30) • N032 Lug adapters, compression, ½ Stud (1200A only)
• B002 Type 3R:Intended for outdoor use, provides some • N045 Cable lugs, mechanical, 600 MCM, 4 per pole
protection from dirt, rain and snow (similar to IEC type IP34) (1200A only)
• B003 Type 4: Indoor or outdoor use, provides some protection • N066 Cable lugs, mechanical, 750 MCM, 4 per pole
from wind-blown dust and water spray (similar to IEC type IP65) (1200A only)
• B004 Open Construction: No enclosure – includes automatic • N056 Cable Lugs, mechanical, 750 MCM, 12 per pole (4000A
transfer switch and controls (call factory for dimensions) only)
• B010 Type 12: Indoor use, some protection from dust (similar to
IEC type IP61)
Warranty
• B025 Type 4X: Stainless steel, indoor or outdoor use, provides • G010 Years 0-2: Parts, labor and travel Years 3-5: Parts only
some protection from corrosion (similar to IEC Type IP65) Years 6-10: Main contacts only
• G013 Years 0-5: Comprehensive Years 6-10: Main contacts only
Shipping
• A051 Packing - export box
Accessories
• AC-167 Accessories specifications sheet
power.cummins.com
©2018 Cummins Inc. | S-1270 (06/18)
Certification
All switches are UL 1008 Listed
with UL Type Rated cabinets and All switches comply with NEMA ICS 10.
UL Listed CU-AL terminals.
All switches are certified to CSA
All switches comply with IEEE 446
282 Emergency Electrical Power
Recommended Practice for Emergency
Supply for Buildings, up to 600
and Standby Power Systems.
VAC.
Suitable for use in emergency,
This transfer switch is designed and
legally required and Standby
manufactured in facilities certified to
applications per NEC 700, 701
ISO9001.
and 702.
All switches comply with NFPA

70, 99 and 110 (Level 1).

S-1270 (06/18)
~
~ ~~SM~~m~~~!:.u!~R;.70 TEL (714) 630 - 0701, FAX (714) 632 - 0302
SEISMIC CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE

CUMMINS POWER GENERATION
OTPC, OTEC, OTPCSE, OTECSE, CHPC, OHPC & BTPC
AUTOMATIC & BY-PASS TRANSFER SWITCHES
QUALIFIED TO IBC 2009/2012, ASCE 7-10 & ICC AC-156

Sds = 2.17g, Ip= 1.5, Site Class D, z/h = 1.0
Representative Spectrum
10.0
.........,
O>
........
r::
,_
v
- r---
0
:;;
0
'- I'"-
Q)
ii)
Q
(,)
~
1.0
I ff
0.5
10 100
Frequency (Hz)
Reference Seismic Qualification Testing Reports:

1. Clark Dynamic Testing Laboratory Report No. T4374, T4418, T4683 & T4497
2. Environmental Testing Laboratory, Inc. Report No. ETL 11383 & 11383A
This is to certify that Mason West has reviewed the above referenced reports of the Seismic Qualification
Test. The reports cover the testing data and results of the Automatic & By-Pass Transfer Switches
provided by Cummins Power Generation. Each of the equipment represents the most seismically
vulnerable construction in its product line platform. See Table 1A, 18, 1C & 1D for certified models under
this certification.
Mason West confirms that the equipment and the testing have complied with all of the requirements
according to IBC 200912012 referencing ASCE 7-10 and ICC AC-156.
Cummins Part Number: A045V378

Enclosures: Table 1A, 1B, 1C & 1D for all certified models under this certification.
SECTION XIII
SPECIFIC BREAKER DATA

SHEETS AND CLOSING LIST
Data sheet
Circuit breakers
Description
This data sheet provides circuit breaker manufacturer part numbers and specifications. The circuit breaker
box description is the rating of that breaker box installation on a Cummins generator. Please refer to the
website of the circuit breaker manufacturer for breaker specific ratings and technical information.
Applicable models
Engine Models
Kubota C10D6 C15D6 C20D6
C20N6 C25N6 C30N6 C30N6H C36N6 C36N6H
QSJ2.4
C40N6 C40N6H C50N6H C60N6H
B3.3 C25D6 C30D6 C35D6 C40D6 C50D6 C60D6
QSJ5.9G C45N6 C50N6 C60N6 C70N6 C80N6 C100N6
QSJ8.9G C125N6 C150N6
DSFAC DSFAD DSFAE C50D6C C60D6C C80D6C
QSB5
C100D6C C125D6C
QSB7 DSGAA DSGAB DSGAC DSGAD DSGAE
QSL9 DSHAD DQDAA DQDAB DQDAC
QSM11 DQHAB
QSX15 DFEJ DFEK
Instructions
1. Locate the circuit breaker feature code or part number and use the charts below to find the corresponding
manufacturer circuit breaker catalog number.
2. Use the first letter of the circuit breaker catalog number to determine the "frame" of the breaker. If the first
letter is an “N”, use the second letter. Then follow the corresponding website link from the table below to
find the breaker catalog number description.
Please refer to the catalog numbering systems page, which is given in the chart, to understand the
nomenclature of the catalog number.
Catalog number
Frame Catalog name*
description page(s)
0612CT0101
P 16-17
http://www.schneider-electric.us/en/download/document/0612CT0101/
H, J, 0611CT1001
8-9
and L http://www.schneider-electric.us/en/download/document/0611CT1001/
0734CT0201
Q 4
http://www.schneider-electric.us/en/download/document/0734CT0201/
*The following link may also be used to search specifically by the breaker part number or for the catalog name listed
above. http://products.schneider-electric.us/technical-library/
Our energy working for you.™ power.cummins.com

©2017 Cummins Inc. | NAS-6236-EN (10/17) | A056F944
3. Search the catalog by using the first 3 letters of the breaker catalog number and the first 5
numbers to find information such as trip curves, accessories, and dimensional details
regarding the circuit breaker.
*If the catalog number starts with “N”, skip the N and begin your search with the second letter.
*If the first 3 letters are “PJP,” the search will not work. You will need to start with just “PJ” and use the
description pages to obtain the information you are looking for on the “PJP.”
Example
After finding your circuit breaker catalog
number to be
"PJL36120U33EACUKMOYB," navigate
to the P-frame catalog by using the link
provided.
Look at pages 16-17 of the pdf catalog to
find the nomenclature of the breaker.
Search the P-frame spec sheet using the

search "PJL36120.”

©2017 Cummins Inc. | NAS-6236-EN (10/17) | A056F944
WTP GEN-A
Feature Cummins Part Plug

Code Breaker Box Description Manufacturer Breaker Catalog Number Trip Unit
# Type
Schneider
KX43-2 CB,Loc C,90A,3P,600VAC,80%,UL A043K997 HDL36090 Thermal Magnetic N/A
Electric
Schneider
KX44-2 CB,Loc C,100A,3P,600VAC,80%,UL A043L024 HDL36100 Thermal Magnetic N/A
Electric
Schneider
Electric
Schneider
Electric
Schneider
KX47-2 CB,Loc C,175A,3P,600VAC,80%,UL A043L619 JDL36175 Thermal Magnetic N/A
Electric
Schneider
Electric
Schneider
Electric
Schneider
Electric
Schneider
KX51-2 CB,Loc A,125A-400A,3P,LSI,600VAC,80%,UL A045U083 NLGL36400U33XLY-400A MicroLogic 3.3S N/A
Electric
Schneider
KX52-2 CB,Loc B,125A-400A,3P,LSI,600VAC,80%,UL A045U083 NLGL36400U33XLY-400A MicroLogic 3.3S N/A
Electric
FOR 150kW Schneider
KY06-2 CB,Loc A,200A-600A,3P,LSI,600VAC,100%,UL A044T468 NLGL36600U33X-600A MicroLogic 3.3S N/A
Electric
Schneider
KY08-2 CB,Loc A,672A-800A,3P,LSI,600VAC,80%,UL A054K391 PJL36080U33F MicroLogic 3.3S N/A
Electric
A044T468 Schneider
KY07-2 CB,Loc B,200A-600A,3P,LSI,600VAC,100%,UL NLGL36600U33X-600A MicroLogic 3.3S N/A
Electric
Schneider
KY09-2 CB,Loc B,672A-800A,3P,LSI,600VAC,80%,UL A054K391 PJL36080U33F MicroLogic 3.3S N/A
Electric

©2017 Cummins Inc. | NAS-6236-EN (1017) | A056F944
PS GEN-B
Mechanically operated breakers

Feature Cummins Part Plug
Code Breaker Box Description Manufacturer Breaker Catalog Number Trip Unit
# Type
Schneider
KC60-2 Circuit Breaker-1200A,Right CB on Right side,3-Pole, UL 600,IEC 690, 100% 0320-2183 PJP36120U31E MicroLogic 3.0 LI E
Electric
Schneider
KC61-2 Circuit Breaker-1200A,Left CB on Right side,3-Pole, UL 600,IEC 690, 100% 0320-2183 PJP36120U31E MicroLogic 3.0 LI E
Electric
Schneider
KC62-2 Circuit Breaker-800A,Right CB on Right side,3-Pole,UL 600,IEC 690 100% 0320-2182 PJP36080U31F MicroLogic 3.0 LI F
Electric
Schneider
KC63-2 Circuit Breaker-800A,Left CB on Right side,3-Pole, UL 600,IEC 690 100% 0320-2182 PJP36080U31F MicroLogic 3.0 LI F
Electric
FOR Schneider
250kW KC64-2 Circuit Breaker-600A,Right CB on Right side,3-Pole, UL 600,IEC 690, 100% A044T468 NLGL36600U33X-600A MicroLogic 3.3S N/A
Electric
Schneider
KC65-2 Circuit Breaker-600A,Left CB on Right side,3-Pole, UL 600,IEC 690, 100% A044T468 NLGL36600U33X-600A MicroLogic 3.3S N/A
Electric
Schneider
KC66-2 Circuit Breaker-400A,Right CB on Right side,3-Pole,UL 600,IEC 690 100% A045U083 NLGL36400U33XLY-400A MicroLogic 3.3S N/A
Electric
Schneider
KC67-2 Circuit Breaker-400A,Left CB on Right side,3-Pole, UL 600,IEC 690 100% A045U083 NLGL36400U33XLY-400A MicroLogic 3.3S N/A
Electric
Schneider
KS80-2 CircuitBreaker-15A,Right,3P,600VAC,80%,UL 0320-2346-72 HGL36015 Thermal Magnetic N/A
Electric
Schneider
KS81-2 CircuitBreaker-15A,Left,3P,600VAC,80%,UL 0320-2346-72A HGL36015 Thermal Magnetic N/A
Electric
Schneider
Electric
Schneider
Electric
Schneider
Electric
Schneider
Electric
Schneider
Electric
Schneider
Electric

©2017 Cummins Inc. | NAS-6236-EN (1017) | A056F944
PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers
L-Frame Circuit Breaker Catalog Numbers
Unit-Mount Circuit Breaker Catalog Numbers
Table 24: L-Frame 600 A Electronic Trip UL Rated 3P Circuit Breakers

(600 Vac, 50/60 Hz) With Factory Sealed Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Connection
Electronic Trip Unit Sensor Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number)
Type Function Trip Unit Rating D G J1 L1 R1

Standard (80%) Rated, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz
250 A3 LDL36250U31X LGL36250U31X LJL36250U31X LLL36250U31X LRL36250U31X
Standard LI 3.32 400 A4 LDL36400U31X LGL36400U31X LJL36400U31X LLL36400U31X LRL36400U31X
Standard LSI 3.3S2 400 A4 LDL36400U33X LGL36400U33X LJL36400U33X LLL36400U33X LRL36400U33X
Ammeter LSI 5.3A
Energy LSI 5.3E
Ammeter LSIG 6.3A
Energy LSIG 6.3E
100% Rated, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz
250 A3 LDL36250CU31X LGL36250CU31X LJL36250CU31X LLL36250CU31X LRL36250CU31X
Standard LI 3.32
Standard LSI 3.3S2
400 A4 LDL36400CU33X LGL36400CU33X LJL3640C0U33X LLL36400CU33X LRL36400CU33X
Ammeter LSI 5.3A 400 A4 LDL36400CU43X LGL36400CU43X LJL36400CU43X LLL36400CU43X LRL36400CU43X
Energy LSI 5.3E 400 A4 LDL36400CU53X LGL36400CU53X LJL36400CU53X LLL36400CU53X LRL36400CU53X
Ammeter LSIG 6.3A 400 A4 LDL36400CU44X LGL36400CU44X LJL36400CU44X LLL36400CU44X LRL36400CU44X
Energy LSIG 6.3E 400 A4 LDL36400CU54X LGL36400CU54X LJL36400CU54X LLL36400CU54X LRL36400CU54X
1 UL Listed/CSA Certified as current limiting circuit breakers.
2 3P circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for 2P applications.
3 Standard Lug Kit: AL400L61K3 Terminal Wire Range: (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu or (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al
4 Standard Lug Kit: AL600LS52K3 Terminal Wire Range: (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu
33
© 2011–2012 Schneider Electric ™ 05/2012
All Rights Reserved

Motor Circuit Protection
Section 5—Motor Circuit Protection
General Information
The parameters to be considered for motor-feeder protection depend on:

• the application (type of machine driven, operating safety, frequency of operation, etc.)
• the level of continuity of service required by the load or the application
• the applicable standards for the protection of equipment.
The required electrical functions are:
• isolation
• switching, generally at high endurance levels
• protection against overloads and short-circuits, adapted to the motor
• additional special protection.
A motor branch circuit must comply with the requirements of standard UL508 concerning contactors
and their protection:
• coordination of feeder components
• overload relay trip classes.
Motor Branch Circuit Protection Function
A motor branch circuit comprises a set of devices for motor protection and control, as well as for
protection of the branch circuit itself.
Switching
The purpose is to control the motor (ON / OFF), either manually, automatically or remotely, taking into
account overloads upon start-up and the long service life required. This function is provided by a
contactor. When the coil of the contactor's electromagnet is energized, the contactor closes and
establishes, through the poles, the circuit between the upstream supply and the motor, through the
circuit breaker.
Basic Protection
• Short-circuit protection
Detection and breaking, as quickly as possible, of high short-circuit currents to avoid damage to the
installation. This function is provided by a circuit breaker.
• Overload protection
Detection of overload currents and motor shutdown before temperature rise in the motor and
conductors damages insulation. This function is provided by a circuit breaker or a separate motor
overload relay.
• Phase unbalance or phase loss protection
Phase unbalance or phase loss can cause temperature rise and braking torques that can lead to
premature ageing of the motor. These effects are even greater during starting, therefore protection
must be virtually immediate.
42
05/2012 ™ © 2011–2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Motor Circuit Protection
Additional Electronic Protection

• Locked rotor
• Under-load
• Long starts and stalled rotor
• Insulation faults
Trip Class of a Overload Relay Device
The motor branch circuit includes thermal protection that may be built into the circuit breaker. The
protection must have a trip class suited to motor starting. Depending on the application, the motor
starting time varies from a few seconds (no-load start) to a few dozen seconds (high-inertia load).
Table 37: Trip Class of Overload Relays as a Function of Their FLA Setting
Class 1.05 FLA1 1.2 FLA1 1.5 FLA2 6.0 FLA1

5 t>2h t < 2h t < 2 mn 2s<t5s
10 t>2h t < 2h t < 4 mn 4 s < t 10 s
20 t>2h t < 2h t < 8 mn 6 s < t 20 s
1 Time for a cold start (motor off and cold).
2 Time for warm start (motor running under normal conditions).
Example: In class 20, the motor must have finished starting within 20 seconds (6 to 20 s) for a starting
current of 6 x FLA.
Asynchronous-Motor Starting Parameters

The main parameters of direct on-line starting of three-phase asynchronous motors (90% of all
t applications) are listed below.
06114579
• FLA: Full load amperes

This is the current drawn by the motor at full rated load.
td
• Id: locked rotor current
Starting This is the current drawn by the motor during starting, on average 6.0 x In for a duration of 5 to 30
time
seconds depending on the application. These values determine the trip class and any additional
t”d “long-start” protection devices that may be needed.
• Id: peak starting current
FLA Id I*d I This is the subtransient current during the first two half-waves when the system is energized, on the
Typical motor-starting curve average 14 In for 10 to 15 ms (e.g. 1840 A peak).
The protection settings must effectively protect the motor, notably through a suitable overload relay trip
class, but let the peak starting current through.
Motor-Feeder Solutions
PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers motor circuit breakers are designed for motor-feeder
solutions using:
• three devices, including an electronic MCP or 1.3 M instantaneous-only trip unit
• two devices including a 2 M electronic trip unit.
43
All Rights Reserved

Trip Units
Table 48: Trip Unit Availability
H-, J-Frame L-Frame
Trip Unit Type Trip Unit Trip Unit

Trip
Unit Trip
5 .2 E
.9 5 .9 6
0 .9 4 .9 7
>11
>30 .9 3 .9 8
.9 2
% Ir 1
.9 Io )
>30
A Ir (4x
M icor lo g ic
5
3 6
2 .5
Unit
8
2 10
1 .5 x Ir )
Is d(
1250 2500
Distribution Protection 250A

T-M N/A
Thermal-Magnetic
ln lm (= li)
3.2
8 16
30 35 40 4 4 6 8 tr
25 45 2 3 10
Distribution Protection 20
15 60
50 1
.5 16
16
2
1.5 15
12
Micrologic™ 3.2 Ir (A) tr @ 6 Ir Ii (x In) Ir Ii
Micrologic 3.3
LI 200 225 250
175
150
300
350
2
1
4
8
16
16
3
2
4
5
6
10
8
125 450 .5 16 1.5 12

Ir (A) Tr @ 6 Ir Ii (x In) Ii
3.2S
3.3S
Micrologic
Distribution Protection 25
20
30 35 40
45
50
3
2
4
5 6
10
8 3
2
4 6 8
10
12 tsd
tr
15 60 1.5 12 1.5 15
LSI Micrologic 3.2S Ir (A) Isd (x In) Ii (x In) Ir Isd Ii
Micrologic 3.3S
200 225 250 5 5
4 6 4 6 tr
Fixed ST and LT delays 175
150
125
300
450
350
3
2
1.5 12
8
10
3
2
1.5 12
10
8
tsd
Ir (A) Isd (x In) Ii (x In)
Ir Isd Ii
Distribution Protection
Micrologic 5.2 A 25
30
35
40
45 Micrologic 5.3 A 5.3 A
LSI + Ammeter 20
15 60
50
Micrologic
6
4 8
225
3 10 200 250
2 12 175 300
1.5 15
Ii (x In) 150 350
125 400
Distribution Protection 4 5
6
Micrologic 5.2 E Micrologic 5.3 E 3 8

tr
LSI + Energy Monitoring 2

1.5
Ii (x In)
12
10 tsd
Ir Isd Ii
Distribution Protection
Micrologic 6.3 A
35
Micrologic 6.2 A 30 40 Ig tg
6.3 A
6.2E
25 45
LSIG + Ammeter 20
15
6
60
50 Micrologic
4 8 225
3 10 200 250
2 12 175 300 Ir tr Isd tsd Ii(xIn) Ig tg
1.5 15
Ii (x In) 150 350
125 400
Distribution Protection 4 5
6 tr
Micrologic 6.2 E Micrologic 6.3 E 3

2 10
8
LSIG + Energy Monitoring 1.5

Ii (x In)
12
tsd
Ir Isd Ii
Motor Circuit Protection Standard
M Energy Efficient
Energie Efficace
N/A
Magnetic Only Energia Eficiente
1.3 M
Micrologic
Motor Protection
N/A Micrologic 1.3M
Micrologic 1 M 3200
2800
36004000
4400
2400
4800
2000
Isd (A)
2.2 M
50
2.3M
Micrologic Micrologic
Ii=3750
163
155 172
Motor Protection 145

137
114
181
210
217
Micrologic 2.2 M FLA (A) Class.

Isd (x FLA) FLA Isd
Micrologic 2.3 M
Micrologic 2 M 250
230
270
290
310
210 330
190 348
FLA (A) Class. Isd (x FLA)
FLA Isd
56
All Rights Reserved

Dimensions
PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breakers
Figure 31: PowerPact L-Frame Fixed Mounted Electronic Trip Circuit Breaker
06163219
A3
A
A2
X X X
A2 A
A3
push
to
trip
C1 B B
C2 B1 B2
C3
Z Y Y
A2 = Short lug pack A = Medium lug pack A3 = Long lug pack

AL400L61K3 AL600LS52K3 Compression Lug Kits
AL400L61K4 AL600LS52K4
CU400L61K3 CU600LS52K3
CU400L61K4 CU600LS52K4
AL600LF52K3
CU600LF5283
A A2 A3 B B1 B2 C1 C2 C3
inch 6.69 5.65 7.87 2.76 5.51 7.28 3.76 4.33 6.61
mm 170 143.5 200 70 140 185 105 110 168
Figure 32: PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Mounting
Mounting on Backplate Mounting on Rails
3P K1 K1 4P K1 K1 K1
3P 4P
K1 K2 K1 K2
K K V
06153130
K K
06153129
G1
X X
G1 G5
X X
G T
G G4
ØT
Y Y
Ø T4 Y Y
G G1 G4 G5 K1 K1 K2 T T42 U3
inch 3.93 7.87 4.46 8.93 0.88 1.77 3.54 0.23 1.25 1.38
mm 100 200 113.5 227 22.5 45 90 6 32 35
1 For 2 pole circuit breaker, the middle holes are not required.
2 For rear connected circuit breakers only.
3 V is d 78 in. (20 mm) on C-frame circuit breakers with secondary disconnecting blocks.
157
All Rights Reserved

Dimensions
PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Connectors
Figure 50: PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Fixed-Mounted Connections
G4 G5 K1 P13
P13 inch 4.46 8.93 1.77 1.02
mm 113.5 227 45 526
06153185
06153186
G4
X X
G5
Y
Z K1 K1
Figure 51: PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Front Connections
Bus Bar Connection

Front Connections
M10 Screws
06153189
Z 0.55
[14]
4.46
[113.5]
X
06153192
Z
Z
06153191
0.55
[14]
1.83
[46.5]
4.46 4.46
113.5] [113.5]
X X
in.
Dimensions:
[mm]
Figure 52: PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Rear Connections
0.59 0.55
0.33 0.91 [14]
[15]
06153195
[13] [23.2]
4.46
1.18 [113.5]
[30] 1.99 [50] (*)
4.52 [115](**) X
Z
0.31
[8]
(*) Short RC : 1.96 [50] in.
Dimensions:
(**) Long RC : 4.52 [115] [mm]
166
All Rights Reserved

Trip Curves
Figure 105: Micrologic™ 3.3S Electronic Trip Unit Long Time/Short Time Trip Curve
MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 3.3S Long Time/
Short Time Trip Curve
600A L-Frame
The time-current curve information is to be used
for application and coordination purposes only.
Notes:
1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act
to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal
imaging effect comes into play if a current
above the long-time delay pickup value exists
for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of
a downstream device or the circuit breaker
itself. A subsequent overload will cause the
circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than
normal. The amount of time delay reduction is
inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed
since the previous overload. Approximately 20
minutes is required between overloads to
completely reset thermal-imaging.
2. Total clearing times shown include the
response times of the trip unit, the circuit
breaker opening, and the extinction of the
current.
Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to
+158ºF) ambient temperature.
219
All Rights Reserved

Trip Curves
Figure 106: Micrologic™ 3.3/3.3S/5.3A/5.3E/6.3A/6.3E Electronic Trip Unit Instantaneous Trip Curve
MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 3.3/3.3S/5.3A or E/6.3A or E
Instantaneous Trip Curve
600A L-Frame
The time-current curve information is to be used
for application and coordination purposes only.
Notes:
1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act
to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal
imaging effect comes into play if a current
above the long-time delay pickup value exists
for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of
a downstream device or the circuit breaker
itself. A subsequent overload will cause the
circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than
normal. The amount of time delay reduction is
inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed
since the previous overload. Approximately 20
minutes is required between overloads to
completely reset thermal-imaging.
2. Total clearing times shown include the
response times of the trip unit, the circuit
breaker opening, and the extinction of the
current.
3. In = Maximum dial setting of Ir.
600A L-Frame: In = 600A = Max Ir setting
Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to
+158ºF) ambient temperature.
220
All Rights Reserved
(QTY 1) 400A WTP ATS-A and PS ATS-B
(QTY 1) 600A
Cummins Transfer Switch Withstand Closing Ratings
OT-C (300A - 600A)
Cummins Transfer Switch Product Transfer Switch Frame Size Number of Poles Transfer Switch Rating (Amps) Max Breaker Amp Rating
OT C 3/4 300/400/600 1200A
SHORT-TIME CURRENT RATINGS
Max Voltage Withstand/Closing Rating (WCR) Time Duration (Maximum Seconds) Cummins Drawing Part Number
kA RMS Symmetrical Amps
600VAC 25 0.050 A056M829
CIRCUIT BREAKER RATINGS
Max Voltage Circuit Breaker Circuit Breaker Withstand/Closing Rating (WCR) Cummins Drawing
Manufacturer Type or Class kA RMS Symmetrical Amps Part Number
SEL, SFL, SGL 100

GE A048J564
AKRU, AKU, FE, FG, SEP, SFP, SGP, THLC4 200
HD, JD, LD 25
A048J564
DG, HG, JG, LG, NSF150N, NSF250N, NSJ400N, NSJ600N 65
PA, PAF, PAL, PH, PHF, PHL 65 A056M829
Schneider DJ, HJ, JJ, LJ, NSF150H, NSF250H, NSJ400H, NSJ600H 100
DL, HL, JL, LL 125
240VAC A048J564
CE106L, CF250L, CJ400L, CK1000L, NSJ400L, NSJ600L 150
FI, KI, LI, HR, JR, LR 200
CHKD1, CHLD1, CHMDL1, CKD1, CLD1, CLDC1, CMDL1, DK1, ED2, EDB2, EDC2, EDH2, EDS2, GD, GHB, GHC, HJD,
65 A056M829
Eaton HKD, HLD1, HMDL1, JD, JDB, JGE, JGH, JGS, KD, KDB, LD1, LGE3, LGH3, LGS3, MDL1
DSL, LA, NB, EGC, JGU, JGX, KDC, LDC, JGC, LGC, LCL, LGU, LGX 200 A048J564
BQCH, ED2, ED4, ED6, FD6, FD6A, FXD6, FXD6A, HED4, HED6, HFD6, HFXD6, HHFD6, HHFXD6, HHJD6, HHJXD6,
65 A056M829
Siemens HHLD6, HHLXD6, HJD6, HJXD6, HLD6, HLXD6, HMD6, HMXD6, JD6, JXD2, JXD6, LD6, LXD6, MD6, MXD6
CED6, CFD6, CJD6, CLD6, CMD6, CND6, CPD6, SCJD6, SCLD6, SCMD6, SCND6 200 A048J564
SEL, SFL, SGL 65
SEP, SFP, SGP 100
GE A048J564
FE, FG 150
AKRU, AKU, THLC4 200
HD, JD, LD 18
A048J564
CK1000L 50
DJ, HJ, JJ, LJ, NSF150H, NSF250H, NSJ400H, NSJ600H 65
Schneider
DL, HL, JL, LL, CE106L, NSJ400L, NSJ600L 100
CF250L, CJ400L 150 A048J564
480VAC
FI, KI, LI, HR, JR, LR 200
CHKD¹, CHLD¹, CHMDL¹, CKD¹, CLD¹, CLDC¹, CMDL¹, DK¹, ED², EDB², EDC², EDH², EDS², GD, GHB, GHC, HJD,
65 A056M829
HKD, HLD¹, HMDL¹, JD, JDB, JGE, JGH, JGS, KD, KDB, LD¹, LGE³, LGH³, LGS3, MDL1
Eaton EGC, KDC, LDC, JGC, LGC 100
JGU, LGU 150 A048J564
DSL, LA, NB, JGX, LCL, LGX 200
BQCH, ED2, ED4, ED6, FD6, FD6A, FXD6, FXD6A, HED4, HED6, HFD6, HFXD6, HHFD6, HHFXD6 65 A056M829
CPD6 65
Siemens CMD6, CND6, SCMD6, SCND6 100
A048J564
CJD6, CLD6, SCJD6, SCLD6 150
CED6, CFD6 200
SEL, SFL, SEP, SFP 25
THLC4 50
GE A048J564
FG, SGL, SGP 65
AKRU, AKU 200
HD, JD, LD 14
DJ, HJ, JJ, LJ, DL, NSF150H, NSF250H, NSJ400H, NSJ600H, NSJ400L, NSJ600L 25
A048J564
CE106L, CK1000L 42
Schneider
HL, JL, LL 50
CF250L, CJ400L 65
600VAC
FI, KI, LI, HR, JR, LR 100 A048J564
EGC, JGX 35
JGU, KDC, LDC, JGC, LGC 50 A048J564
LGU, LGX 65
Eaton CHKD¹, CHLD¹, CHMDL¹, CKD¹, CLD¹, CLDC¹ CMDL¹, DK¹, ED², EDB², EDC², EDH², EDS², GD, GHB, GHC, HJD,
65 A056M829
HKD, HLD¹, HMDL¹, JD, JDB, JGE, JGH, JGS, KD, KDB, LD¹, LGE³, LGH³, LGS³, MDL¹
LCL 100
A048J564
DSL, LA, NB 200
BQCH, ED2, ED4, ED6, FD6, FD6A, FXD6, FXD6A, HED4, HED6, HFD6, HFXD6, HHFD6, HHFXD6 65 A056M829
Siemens CMD6, CND6, CPD6, SCMD6, SCND6 65
A048J564
CED6, CFD6, CJD6, CLD6, SCJD6, SCLD6 100
Note1 - 310 Trip Unit Only

Note2 - Limited to 175A -225A Maximum
Note3 - Limited to 400A Maximum
SECTION XIV
INTERCONNECTION
DIAGRAMS
WTP GEN-A
CTB1-4
PCCNET A CTB1 2
PCCNET B CTB2 2
B RETURN CTB3 2
READY TO LOAD LOW SIDE DRIVER CTB4 2
CONTROLLER INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM

CUSTOMER B+ CTB5 2
CUSTOMER B+ CTB6 2
CUSTOMER B+ CTB7 2
CUSTOMER OUTPUT #1 CTB8 2
CUMMINS POWER GENERATION 2300

CUSTOMER OUTPUT #1 COMMON CTB9 2
CUSTOMER OUTPUT #2 CTB10 2
CUSTOMER OUTPUT #2 COMMON CTB11 2
1 2 3 4
REMOTE START RETURN CTB12 2 SEE DETAIL A
REMOTE START CTB13 2 CTB 4

CUSTOMER INPUT 1 CTB14 2 CTB 2 CTB 3
INPUT RETURN CTB15 2
CTB 1
GROUND FAULT INPUT CTB16 2
GROUND FAULT/ESTOP RETURN CTB17 2
REMOTE EMERGENCY STOP RETURN CTB18 2
REMOTE EMERGENCY STOP CTB19 2 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH ALARM PANEL
FAULT RESET RETURN CTB20 2
START TYPE RETURN CTB21 2
DELAYED OFF DRIVER CTB22 2
SWITCHED B+ DRIVER CTB23 2 TB1
J2
FAULT RESET INPUT CTB24 2 NORMAL POSITION (NO) 1
3 PCCNET A
START TYPE INPUT CTB25 2 NORMAL POSITION (NC) 2
4 PCCNET B
MODBUS RS-485 + CTB26 2 NORMAL POSITION COMMON 3
NOT USED 4
MODBUS RS-485 - CTB27 2
NOT USED 5 TB1
MODBUS SHIELD CTB28 2 EMERGENCY POSITION (NO) 6 4 ON GEN
CUSTOMER OUTPUT #2 COMMON CTB29 2 EMERGENCY POSITION (NC) B+ RETURN
Cummins Sales and Service

7 15
CTB30 2 EMERGENCY POSITION COMMON 8 16 B+ IN
SYSTEM WAKE UP CTB1 4 3 LEAK INPUT (OPTIONAL)
San Leandro, Ca. 94577

CUSTOMER B+ CTB2 4
CUSTOMER B+ CTB3 4 TB2
CUSTOMER B+
14775 Wicks Blvd.

CTB4 4 1 BATTERY RETURN
CUSTOMER B+ CTB5 4 2 REMOTE START RETURN
CUSTOMER B+ CTB6 4 3
CUSTOMER B- CTB7 4 4 REMOTE START

5 REMOTE TEST
CUSTOMER B- CTB8 4
6 TRANSFER INHIBIT
CUSTOMER B- CTB9 4 7 LOAD SHED
CUSTOMER B- CTB10 4 8 SWITCH COMMON
CUSTOMER B- CTB11 4
CUSTOMER B- CTB12 4
CUSTOMER SWITCHED B+ CTB13 4
CUSTOMER SWITCHED B+ CTB14 4
RUPTURE BASIN RETURN CTB15 4
RUPTURE BASIN INPUT CTB16 4
LOW FUEL RETURN CTB17 4
LOW FUEL INPUT CTB18 4
LOW COOLANT LEVEL RETURN CTB19 4 NO. DATE REVISION BY
LOW COOLANT LEVEL INPUT CTB20 4

CUSTOMER INPUT 4 RETURN CTB21 4
John McWilliams
LOAD DUMP DRIVER CTB23 4 Direct: 510-347-6673
Cell: 510-693-0910
CUSTOMER OUTPUT #3 DRIVER CTB24 4 john.l.mcwilliams@cummins.com
CUSTOMER OUTPUT #4 DRIVER CTB25 4

ENGINEER CHECKED BY
JOB NO
JMAC JMAC
DRAWN BY
CUSTOMER INPUT 3 RETURN CTB27 4 SCALE DATE

JMAC
REMOTE EMERGENCY STOP RETURN CTB28 4 BELDEN 9841 DWG NO

NO SCALE 4.5.16
REMOTE EMERGENCY STOP CTB29 4

CTB30 4 14 AWG STRANDED SHEET NO
WTP GEN-A
Drawing Name: 0630-3440 Revision: P

Part Name: 0630-3440 Revision: P
ECO-159896 Sheet 6 of 24
WTP GEN-A

WTP GEN-A

PTC
R
Creo
R
Parametric
4 3 2 1
REL NO REV NO REVISION DWN CKD APVD DATE
WTP GEN-A NOTES: ECO-181411 E 1

2
SEE
SEE
SHEET
SHEET
5
5
PT
PT
MT
MT
M_TULADHAR
M_TULADHAR
01NOV18
01NOV18
1. ALL DEVICES ARE SHOWN DE-ENERGIZED. 3 SEE SHEET 5 PT MT M_TULADHAR 01NOV18
4 SEE SHEET 5 PT MT M_TULADHAR 01NOV18
COMES ON THE ENGINE 2 QSB5 AND QSB7: 12V SYSTEM BATTERIES CONNECTED
IN PARALLEL.
QSL9: 24V SYSTEM BATTERIES CONNECTED IN SERIES.
3 RELAYS RATED FOR 12V USED ON QSB5 AND QSB7.

RELAYS RATED FOR 24V USED ON QSL9.
4 QSB5 AND QSB7: USE 12V BATTERY CHARGER.

QSL9: USE 24V BATTERY CHARGER.
60 PIN
2
CONN PWR
D CRANKSHAFT POSITION SIGNAL
D
3 27
CRANKSHAFT CRANKSHAFT POSITION RETURN
2 48 W-04 C02,C05 PWR
SPEED SENSOR 3
CRANKSHAFT POSITION 5 VOLT SUPPLY
1 16 W-01 POWER TO KEY SW,LCL/HMI
2
BATTERY
CAMSHAFT POSITION SIGNAL

3 26 W-03 STARTER B+
4
CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT POSITION RETURN STARTER SWITCH
POSITION SENSOR 2
CAMSHAFT POSITION 5 VOLT SUPPLY
1 B+1 W-02
CONTROL B+
C02 W-16 1
STARTER
RAIL FUEL PRESSURE RETURN SP1 SWITCHED B+
1 GND 13
W-13
RAIL FUEL
1 2 W-15 CRANK
PRESSURE RAIL FUEL PRESSURE SIGNAL 1 6
SENSOR 2 25
3
RAIL FUEL PRESSURE 5 VOLT SUPPLY CM850 W-14 KEY SWITCH
2 W-06 8
3 SP5
W-18 W-07
WATER IN FUEL SIGNAL
WATER IN 1 1 14 4 W-19 1 2 C02 PWR
WATER IN FUEL RETURN 9
FUEL SENSOR
W-17
2 2
W-09 CONTROL GROUND
5
W-10
C05 PWR
10
INTAKE MANIFOLD PRESSURE SIGNAL
1 44
W-05
INTAKE MANIFOLD INTAKE MANIFOLD PRESS/TEMP +5 VDC SUPPLY TO BE USED ONLY BY A
PRESSURE/AIR 2 37
INTAKE MANIFOLD AIR TEMP SIGNAL
AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL TO PAGE 2
TEMPERATURE 3 23
SENSOR
C 4
INTAKE MANIFOLD PRESSURE/TEMP RETURN
47
C
BATTERY W-12
C
D CHRG ALT B+ CHRG ALT GND
CHARGING
E
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL
ALTERNATOR
3 13 B
ENGINE OIL ENGINE OIL PRESSURE RETURN W-31
PRESSURE 2
SENSOR 1 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE 5V SUPPLY C05
W-22
W-23
ECM PROGRAMMING CONNECTOR
A
B
1 2
P50
120
C
W-32
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SIGNAL
3 03 C01
BAROMETRIC BAROMETRIC PRESSURE RETURN W-24 LCL
PRESSURE SENSOR 2 38
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE 5 VOLT SUPPLY
SP2
1 33 W-26 W-20
46 1 2
SIG
W-33
W-25
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SIGNAL SP3 6
ENGINE COOLANT B 15 47 LCL B+
W-27
TEMPERATURE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE RETURN
A 1 2
SENSOR
SP4
5
37 LCL SIG
FUEL PUMP ACTUATOR SIGNAL 1 2
FUEL PUMP 1 02
B ACTUATOR 2 FUEL PUMP ACTUATOR RETURN
32 W-28
B
W-21
1
28
2
16k
SAE J1939 ENGINE (+)

A 08 SP6
SAE J1939 ENGINE DATALINK SAE J1939 ENGINE (-)
B 06 W-29
32 W-08
C 1 2
3 CAN+
6 CYLINDER ENGINES (QSB7 & QSL9)
PASS-THROUGH CONNECTORS 4
39 CAN-
CYLINDER NUMBER 1 DRIVER 2
INJECTOR 1 3 45 CAN SHIELD
CYLINDER NUMBER 1 RETURN
4 53
CYLINDER NUMBER 2 DRIVER
INJECTOR 2
2 54
1 51

INJECTOR 3 3 55 TO PAGE 2
4 52
2 56
INJECTOR 4 1
58
INJECTOR 5
3
46 FOR QSB5 (12V), QSB7 (12V) AND QSL9 (24V) WITH PCC 2300
4 60
INJECTOR 6
2
1
57
59 LEGEND:
4 CYLINDER ENGINE (QSB5)
ENGINE HARNESS
PASS-THROUGH CONNECTORS
A053T310
A INJECTOR 1
3
45 A
4 53
INJECTOR 2
2 57
1 59
3 46
INJECTOR 3 CYLINDER NUMBER 3 RETURN
4 60
2 55
INJECTOR 4 CYLINDER NUMBER 4 RETURN
1 52 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, ALL
DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS
SIM TO . DWN C_BADGUJAR C UMMINS P OWER G ENERATION
X #1 0.00- 4.99 +0.15/-0.08
DO NOT SCALE PRINT CKD M_TULADHAR
HOLE
5.00- 9.99 +0.20/-0.10 APVD
M_TULADHAR
DIM
.X # 0.8
10.00-17.49 +0.25/-0.13
R
DIAGRAM,GENSET SCHEMATIC
.XX # 0.38 17.50-24.99 +0.30/-0.13
DATE
20NOV15 SITE CODE
FOR INTERPRETATION FIRST USED ON DWG
THIS DOCUMENT (AND THE INFORMATION SHOWN THEREON) IS CAD SHEET
ANG TOL SCALE OF DIMENSIONING AND SIZE
1.0 1/1
CONFIDENTIALAND PROPRIETARY AND SHALL NOT BE DISCLOSED TO OTHERS
IN HARD COPY OR ELECTRONIC FORM, REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS, OR
USED FOR ANY PURPOSE WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT OF CUMMINS INC.
TOLERANCING, SEE
ASME Y14.5-2009 ARROW PGF E A054B421 1 OF 5
4 3 2 1
Drawing Name: A054B422 Revision: E

Part Name: A054B421 Revision: E
PTC
R
Creo
R
Parametric
4 3 2 1
ECO-181411 E -- --- PT MT M_TULADHAR 01NOV18
WTP GEN-A
D D
K3-6
(REPLACE FUSE WITH SAME TYPE AND
RATING) PE-1 JE-1
PE-2 JE-2
J20-9 B + CONTROL B+ J25-2
FUSE F1
20AMP 1 2 J20-10 B + CONTROL B+ LOCAL E-STOP INPUT J25-2
CONTROL B+ 1 2 PE-2 PE-1
JE-2 PE-2 1-1 1-2
PWR-1 J20-20 B + CONTROL B+ J25-6
FUSE F2 10AMP
KEY SW,LCL/HMI B+ SPLICE JE-1 PE-1 2-1 2-2
PWR-2 J20-21 B + CONTROL B+ J11-22
1 2 31 JE-2 JE-1
C02,C05 PWR 1 2
PWR-3 GND J25-6
SPLICE 42 LOCAL E-STOP
STARTER B+
PWR-4 J20-1 B - CHASSIS GROUND RELAY CNTL B+ J11-22
SWITCHED B+ SPLICE
PWR-13 32 J20-2 B - CONTROL GROUND
1 2
FUSE F4 1 1
J20-4 B - CONTROL GROUND GND TB15-1
10AMP 2 P3
2
J20-7 B - CONTROL GROUND TB15-2
1 1 SERVICE CONNECTOR
FUSE F3 3
FUSE F5 J20-12 B - CONTROL GROUND DATA A TB15-3
SEE SHEET 1
10AMP
1AMP 4
2 2 J20-15 STARTER RELAY LS DRIVER DATA B TB15-4 FOR AUTHORIZED
CONTROL GND K4 STARTER RELAY 5 PERSONNEL ONLY
PWR-5 3 WAKEUP TB15-5
5 6 6
J20-13 RELAY COIL B+
C C
1
P1 J1
CRANK 4
PWR-6 J29
1 2 1 1
PCC NET-A J25-4 1 RS485+
SPLICE 37
CAN SHIELD 1 2 2 2
SIG-2 J11-17 CAN SHIELD PCC NET-B J25-3 2 RS485-
SPLICE 38
SPLICE 35 3 3
CAN + 1 2 3 WAKEUP
SIG-3 J11-20 CAN HIGH
1 2 4 4
CAN - R1 120 ohm WAKEUP J25-5 4 AUTO
J11-19 CAN LOW SPLICE 39
SIG-4 1 2 5 5
1 2 RTN
RETURN J25-8 5
SPLICE SPLICE 40
SPLICE 1 6 6
320 OPERATOR PANEL (4- BUTTON)

K3 KEY SWITCH RELAY 33 36 MANUAL J25-10 6 RUN
3
KEY SWITCH 4 1 7 7
PWR-8 2 AUTO J25-11 7
8 8
B+ J25-12 8 LAMP
C02 PWR
PWR-9
5 6 9
10
C05 PWR J11-21 KEY SWITCH LS
PWR-10
DRIVER 11
12
13
14
15
J28
B PCC 2300 1 B+ B
A053T067 2
3 B-
(OPTION) 4
K2 RUN RELAY
J1
4 1
1
2
HMI 114
3 RS485+
SEE SHEET 1
5 6
4 RS485- PANEL LIGHT

J20-3 RUN RELAY LS DRIVER 5 WAKEUP
BARGRAPH
LCL SIG
SIG-5 J20-17 LOW COOLANT LEVEL SIGNAL
LCL B+ (configurable input #3) J6
SIG-6
1 B+
J20-18 LOW FUEL SIGNAL
(configurable input #6)
2 B-
TB2
SEE SHEET 4
1 2
P40
J20-19 RUPTURE BASIN SWITCH J40
(configurable input #12) 1 2
TB4
Customer Switched B+ SEE SHEET 4 PL-2 PL-1
A 10 amp
SPLICE 41
A
See Sheet 4 1 2
LEGEND
CONTROL HARNESS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, ALL
SIM TO . DWN C_BADGUJAR C UMMINS P OWER G ENERATION
CKD M_TULADHAR
A053R492 X #1 0.00- 4.99 +0.15/-0.08
DO NOT SCALE PRINT
HOLE
5.00- 9.99 +0.20/-0.10 APVD
M_TULADHAR
DIM
.X # 0.8
10.00-17.49 +0.25/-0.13
R
.XX # 0.38 17.50-24.99 +0.30/-0.13
DATE
20NOV15 SITE CODE
1.0 1/1
TOLERANCING, SEE
4 3 2 1

PTC
R
Creo
R
Parametric
4 3 2 1
WTP GEN-A
D D
FIELD
X + (F1)
2 2 F1 FIELD
FIELD + P17-1 X + (F1)
2 2 F1
XX - (F2) 1 1 FIELD GENERATOR FIELD P17-1
FIELD - P17-2 + FIELD GENERATOR PMG
F2 XX - (F2) 1 1
FIELD P17-2
- F2
GENERATOR
TERMINAL BLOCK GENERATOR
TERMINAL BLOCK
U V W N
L1 L2 L3 L0 U V W N
L1 L2 L3 L0
SEE DRAWING A048V209
FOR
C CONNECTION OF SHUNT WIRES C
PCC 2300 PCC 2300
CONTROL BOARD CONTROL BOARD P2
SHUNT 2
SHUNT 1
P3
SHUNT 2
SHUNT 1
P4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 AC 1 2 3 4
AC PMG
CAP PLUG
AC
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 AC
NOT
USED
1 2 FUSE F7 10 AMP 1 2 FUSE F7 10 AMP

AC INPUT 1 P18-1 AC INPUT 1 P18-1
1 2 FUSE F8 10 AMP 1 2 FUSE F8 10 AMP
B REPLACE FUSE WITH SAME TYPE AND RATING

B
REPLACE FUSE WITH SAME TYPE AND RATING
SHUNT EXCITATION PERMANENT MAGNET GENERATOR EXCITATION

CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION
A A
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, ALL SIM TO . DWN C_BADGUJAR

DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS C UMMINS P OWER G ENERATION
X #1 0.00- 4.99 +0.15/-0.08
HOLE
5.00- 9.99 +0.20/-0.10 APVD
M_TULADHAR
DIM
.X # 0.8
10.00-17.49 +0.25/-0.13
R
.XX # 0.38 17.50-24.99 +0.30/-0.13
DATE
20NOV15 SITE CODE
1.0 1/1
TOLERANCING, SEE
4 3 2 1

PTC
R
Creo
R
Parametric
4 3 2 1
WTP GEN-A
D D
TB1 TB1-10 (GND)
GENERATOR
NO FROM P20-18
C
TB2 (SEE SHEET 2)
NC
LOW FUEL SWITCH

(LOW FUEL STATE SHOWN)
TB1-13 (GND) GROUND
C
NO TB3
NC
FROM P20-19 CURRENT SENSING POLARITY DOT
TB4
RUPTURE BASIN SWITCH (SEE SHEET 2) FACES GENERATOR
(EMPTY BASIN SHOWN)
P12-1 BROWN
RED
TB1-11 (REMOTE P12-4
TB5 ORANGE
START) P12-2
YELLOW
P12-5
BLUE
P12-3
TB1-6 (OUTPUT 1 COM) WHITE
TB6 P12-6
C CUSTOMER CURRENT SENSOR C

CONNECTIONS TB7
TB1-7 (OUTPUT 1 N.O.)
CURRENT SENSOR
TB1-5 (PROTECTED 12V B+) HIGH-LOW RATIO
TB8 SELECTION
CONNECTOR
SEE DRAWING A048V210 FOR:
TB1-4 (READY-TO-LOAD)
CONNECTED FOR LESS
TB9 THAN 300V L-L
DETACH THE CONNECTORS
BETWEEN TB1-15 AND NOT CONNECTED FOR
- VOLTAGE SENSING CONNECTION
TB1-16 AND USE MATING
TB10 SW B+ CONNECTORS TO WIRE
GREATER THAN 300V - GENERATOR CONNECTION
THE REMOTE E-STOP, L-L
WHEN INSTALLED GENERATOR
- CURRENT SENSOR INSTALLATION
TERMINAL BLOCK
TB1-16 (REMOTE E-STOP)
TB1-15 (GND) U V W N
VOLTAGE SENSING L1 L2 L3 L0
GEN-L1 P22-1
GEN-L2 P22-2
N
GEN-L3 P22-3 W L0
GEN-L0 P22-4 V L3
B U L2 B
L1
CUSTOMER CONNECTIONS
TERMINAL NAME SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION
TB1 CUSTOMER GROUND GROUND (3A MAX). PCC 2300

TB2 CUSTOMER INPUT 6 LOW FUEL SIGNAL CONTROL BOARD
GROUND GROUND SIGNAL FOR CUSTOMER

TB3
CUSTOMER INPUTS INPUT.
TB4 CUSTOMER INPUT 12 RUPTURE BASIN SWITCH

USE OUTER CIRCUIT BREAKER POLES
TB5 REMOTE START
ACTIVATED BY APPLYING (GND) FOR SINGLE PHASE
SIGNAL FROM (TB1).
NEUTRAL EQUIPMENT NEUTRAL EQUIPMENT
RELAY COMMON CONNECTION. GROUND GROUND
TB6 CUSTOMER OUTPUT 1
CONTACT RATING: 3.5A, 30VDC
SEE CIRCUIT BREAKER LABEL FOR
RELAY NORMALLY OPEN CONNECTION.
TB7 CUSTOMER OUTPUT 1
CONTACT RATING: 3.5A, 30VDC
LUG TORQUE
MAIN OPTIONAL SECOND AND THIRD
TB8 PROTECTED B+ 12VDC, 3A PROTECTED.
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER
LOW SIDE DRIVER (GND) OUPUT.
ACTIVE WHEN GENERATOR IS READY
TB9 READY TO LOAD TO ACCEPT LOAD.
RATINGS:250mA, 1A INRUSH, 30VDC Customer Switched B+
100 uA LEAKAGE IN OFF STATE. 10 amp
12VDC, ACTIVE WHEN GENERATOR
TB10 SWITCHED B+
IS IN RUN STATE (10A FUSED).
See Sheet 2
A A

X #1 0.00- 4.99 +0.15/-0.08
HOLE
5.00- 9.99 +0.20/-0.10 APVD
M_TULADHAR
DIM
.X # 0.8
10.00-17.49 +0.25/-0.13
R
.XX # 0.38 17.50-24.99 +0.30/-0.13
DATE
20NOV15 SITE CODE
1.0 1/1
TOLERANCING, SEE
4 3 2 1

PTC
R
Creo
R
Parametric
4 3 2 1
ECO-181411 E 1 ZONE D2, ADD PHRASE "208---AMBIENT" PT MT M_TULADHAR 01NOV18
WTP GEN-A OPTIONAL

2
3
ZONE C2, ADD PHRASE "USED---AMBIENT"
ADD PHRASE "120 Vac" TO COOLANT
PT
--
MT M_TULADHAR 01NOV18
-- -- --
HEATER, ALTERNATOR HEATER, OIL PAN -- -- -- --
208-240 Vac HEATER, BATTERY HEATER AND BATTERY -- -- -- --
COOLANT CHARGER DIAGRAM PT MT M_TULADHAR 01NOV18
4 ZONE B2, RMV PHRASE "SOME CANADIAN---
HEATER RECEPTACLE" PT MT M_TULADHAR 01NOV18
208 Vac REQUIRED

T-STAT
240 Vac PREFERED
USED WITH E154-2
(EXTREME COLD AMBIENT)
D D
24 V
12 V STARTER
STARTER TERMINALS
LINE GROUND
TERMINALS
LINE
4
CUSTOMER
HARNESSES FOR OPTIONS AC CONNECTION OPTIONAL
OPTIONAL OPTIONAL 120 Vac
AUX 101 = A043A230 TERMINALS 120 Vac 4 BATTERY OP
120 Vac BATTERY OPTIONAL CHARGER
AUXILIARY RELAYS = A042Z041 COOLANT OPTIONAL HEATER 120 Vac 24 Vdc
OPTIONAL FUSE BA
HEATER 120 Vac 120 Vac BATTERY
DC EXTENSION TERMINAL BLOCK = A043B108 ALTERNATOR OIL PAN 10A
CH
CHARGER
HEATER HEATER 12 Vdc
FUSE
USED WITH T-STAT OP
PCC 2300 T-STAT
E153-2
(COLD AMBIENT) 10A
CONTROL B
BOARD C
REPLACE FUSE WITH SAME
TYPE AND RATING
CUSTOMER OUTPUT 1 COM

TB1-6
FUSE
C 10A
C
+
13 21 31 43 A1
3
AUXILIARY 14 22 32 44 A2 -
RELAY
K11 AUXILIARY CUSTOMER
CUSTOMER OUTPUT 1 NO
RELAY K10 TB1-7 AC CONNECTION
+
13 21 31 43 A1
3
14 22 32 44 A2 -
TERMINALS 12V
BATTERIES
LINE NEUTRAL GROUND
LINE NEUTRAL GROUND
CUSTOMER OUTPUT 2 NO
TB1-9
DC
TERMINAL
BLOCK INSTALLER TO PROVIDE BRANCH CIRCUITS
3 1 CUSTOMER OUTPUT 2 COM
TB1-8
TO POWER ALL ACCESSORIES
4 2 GND
7 5 JUMPER
8 6
11 9
TB1-5 PROTECTED B+
12 10 B+
15 13 JUMPER
ALL ACCESSORIES ARE SINGLE PHASE 120/240 Vac 60 Hz

BATT +
16 14
GND
B B
2 1 SHIELD
P14 TB1-3 GND
PCCNET A
(+)
FOLLOW REGIONAL REGULATIONS AND APPLICABLE ELECTRIC CODES FOR
3 WHITE TB1-1 PCCNET A(+)
PCCNET B INSTALLATION
4 (-) BLACK TB1-2 PCCNET B(-)
P1 1
2 Coolant heater (1) 1000 Watts, 120Vac, 8.33 amps

WAKEUP
5 TB15-5 WAKEUP
Coolant heater (2) 1500 Watts, 120Vac, 12.50 amps
Coolant heater (3) 2000 Watts, 240Vac, 8.4 amps /
AUXILIARY 1500 Watts, 208Vac, 7.2 amps
INPUT/OUTPUT
BOARD AUXILIARY 101 BOARD
Battery heater 125 Watts, 120Vac, 1.04 amps
AUX 101
Oil pan heater 150 Watts, 120Vac, 1.25 amps
AUXILIARY RELAYS Alternator heater 100 Watts, 120Vac, 0.83 amps
Battery charger (12V), 192 Watts, 120Vac, 1.67 amps (max)
DC EXTENSION TERMINAL Battery charger (24V), 300 Watts, 120Vac, 2.5 amps (max)
A BLOCKS A

X #1 0.00- 4.99 +0.15/-0.08
HOLE
5.00- 9.99 +0.20/-0.10 APVD
M_TULADHAR
DIM
.X # 0.8
10.00-17.49 +0.25/-0.13
R
.XX # 0.38 17.50-24.99 +0.30/-0.13
DATE
20NOV15 SITE CODE
1.0 1/1
TOLERANCING, SEE
4 3 2 1

PS GEN-B
GENERATOR SET AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH ALARM PANEL #1-N
CUMMINS POWER GENERATION 2100 CONTROL

TB1
REMOTE START 1
REMOTE ESTOP 2
TB1 TB1
REMOTE RESET 3 1 NORMAL POSITION (NO) 1 NET DATA 1
CONFIGURABLE INPUT 1 4 2 NORMAL POSITION (NC) 2 NET DATA 2
CONFIGURABLE INPUT 2 5 3 NORMAL POSITION COMMON 3 B+ IN
CONFIGURABLE INPUT 3 6 4 NOT USED 4 B+ OUT
CONFIGURABLE INPUT 4 7 5 NOT USED 5 GROUND IN
CONFIGURABLE OUTPUT 1 NO 8 6 EMERGENCY POSITION (NO) 6 GROUND OUT
CONFIGURABLE OUTPUT 1 COM 9 7 EMERGENCY POSITION (NC)
INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM
CONFIGURABLE OUTPUT 2 NO 10 8 EMERGENCY POSITION COMMON
CONFIGURABLE OUTPUT 2 COM 11
CONFIGURABLE OUTPUT 3 NO 12
CONFIGURABLE OUTPUT 3 COM 13 TB2
CONFIGURABLE OUTPUT 4 NO 14
CONFIGURABLE OUTPUT 4 COM 15 1
SPARE 16 2
B+ FUSED 17 3
B+ FUSED 18 4 REMOTE START
SWITCHED B+ 19 5 REMOTE TEST
GROUND 20 6 TRANSFER INHIBIT
GROUND 21 7 LOAD SHED
GROUND 22 8 SWITCH COMMON
J30 J30
NETWORK DATA 1 1 1
NETWORK DATA 2 2 2
Cummins Sales and Service
San Leandro, Ca. 94577

14775 Wicks Blvd.
CONTRACTORS NOTES:
GENERATOR SET: AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES:
1. REMOTE EPO SWITCH (IF USED) TO BE CONNECTED TO GEN TB1-2. APPLY 1. TB1 PROVIDES DRY FORM C CONTACTS FOR TRANSFER SWITCH
GROUND TO ACTIVATE. POSITION.
2. APPLY GROUND TO ACTIVATE CUSTOMER FAULTS 1-4. TEXT ON DISPLAY 2. TB2-1 JUMPERED TO TB2-2. JUMPER CLIP PROVIDED IN AN ENVELOP TIED
WILL BE EDITED TO REPRESENT FAULT BY TECHNICIAN AT TIME OF TO TB2.
START UP. 3. REMOTE TEST: ATS WILL START GENERATOR SET AND TRANSFER TO
3. BATTERY POSITIVE FROM CHARGER TO BE TERMINATED AT ENGINE EMERGENCY . APPLY SWITCH COMMON TO ACTIVATE. NO. DATE REVISION BY
STARTER SOLENOID. BATTERY NEGATIVE FROM CHARGER TO BE 4. TRANSFER INHIBIT: PREVENTS TRANSFER TO EMERGENCY. APPLY
TERMINATED AT ENGINE BLOCK. SWITCH COMMON TO ACTIVATE.
4. CUSTOM OUTPUTS 1-4 ARE NORMALLY OPEN FORM A CONTACTS RATED 5. LOAD SHED: ATS WILL DISCONNECT FROM EMERGENCY. APPLY SWITCH
AT 2 A @ 30 VDC. OUTPUTS CAN BE MAPPED TO ANY FAULT CODE AT COMMON TO ACTIVATE.
John McWilliams
TIME OF START UP. Direct: 510-347-6673
5. BATTERY POSITIVE TERMINALS TB1-17/18 ARE FUSED AT 10 A. Cell: 510-693-0910
6. SWITCHED BATTERY TERMINAL TB1-19 IS FUSED AT 5 A. TERMINAL GOES john.l.mcwilliams@cummins.com
POSITIVE WHEN ENGINE STARTS.

7. GROUNDS AT TERMINALS TB1-20/22 ARE USED FOR ALL NEGATIVE ENGINEER
JMAC
CHECKED BY
JMAC
CONNECTIONS. JOB NO DRAWN BY
JMAC
SCALE DATE
NO SCALE 12/13/10
CAT 5 DWG NO
14 AWG STRANDED SHEET NO

PS GEN-B
6 5 4 3 2 1
06 1
,~~::--~~~_ ______ ~- ________________________ p_e_e_ __21Q Q __ C 0 NI ROL ___S_Y_S_TEM __ SCH EN AI IC ___________ , ECS DIESEL
:~~~~~~h~~~E,i~~l~~5~~~ the ( WI TH CAN/ 01939 INTERFACE TO DIESEL ENG; T "'IFc; l [ENGINE
:Dynasty control enclosure ~~ '.E
1
TSP NOTEl21 crnHROLLER I 3 REtvlOVED PTC WIRING I SHEETS 2 & 3)
BASEBOARD cJ10, ri~NH nl.H939/CAN DATAUNKI n

f---'~~---j
.o
CANH ~ ____3±
NOTE
~~~~~'-,~
K101J:J:j:_LT43J.:1
( 1 )
81 1B
[B+_FLJSEDI
REtvlOT~=S-=r-ART
CUSTO~E:FF$-ESTOP
INPUT§EtvlDTEE-REsET
~
U
Q--3
~Ts1
TBl
TB1
(
0327-1379-02
) 010
.J10 3
cJ104
F24'>---",'J4Gil---\coJ--------Y------'~:-'"~~·>-- ~c
_,,,_, n _,,;r
I
i C.?-··-·+ ~ --
J -i'-'rs~1.n.'""'LJ
GMJ~
GND
1 TO TB2
D ITTT II .J10~5..'cu,\---L1CE-'5lol=..------1~ 1 D
E~~~~~~~ONS 14 22 32 44 /l.2 T<=l B
(APPLYGROUND
TO ACTIVATE]
CUST-INi
CUST-IN2
o..=iTBl
~ TB1 // B+ F12 1/16A : T: "'''""'"
ci~TIONAL [ CUST -IN3 ~ TB 1

I _____ _
~~~Z~s ~~~~~~,_---- __9UST -IN4 ~ TB1 F9 i/16A
2-'
K111*'° *"'*"'_LT,, ?All -- OUT1-No,-..__,.J--jB_T~B~l~~'~o~l---jK(h
~----~_ _ _2_,~" TO S 13
:~ -1 ::si~BDFC
OUT 1 -crn.1 9 TB 1
~
O U T 2 - N O \..,_,c-J'P_T~B~1~~'~"~Al_-J~h
L___;ss1. CUSTOMER OUT2-COtvl 11TB1 1~

10
(OUT2-NO)
OUTPUTS OUT3-NO
OUT3-COf.1
: ~ Tl
I - - - ~~-----~
I SEE RATINGS
IN PARENTHESES I F3
DLIT4-NO B+-IN GEN-1SW B ~..,.. . QT '1'fn1 +
OUT4-COtvl 1/16A ,J7o 7 \--~'--J-----.f-1'[.0Duo;nT SOL-
14 22 32 44 /l.2 IDLJT3-NO) Fi c..J7~ FUEL-~+
61. 12
( 1DA)
10A ,J7 D GENERATOR
B+-FUSED 1 TB1
TB1. 9 FSD-VALVE x~~-
§ (~ ~'CC\~t
B+-FUSED r-. 1r:> TBl I [RUN
TB1-11 RELAY)
~
K6T
TB1. 13 1r:> TB1 l5A)
sw_B+-FUSED
TB1- 22 (GND) ~ F2
(F2 I
GND o-3pTB1 5A CRB
I
~TOF9 03 1 TB1
~TO
GND
K10 GND r-.2~TBl
~ (CRANK) IFSO) K4
r Tr I ESTOP-NC2 '- ~ 01
START-PILOT RECONNECT I
S1~3-~~,~--~I RELAY I TERMINAL BLOCK
"~ 01
c
ESTOP-NC 1
c E-STOP~___::r:_ ESTOP-NO 1
ESTO"·
"~ 01
,, ;;;21
FSO RELAY
DRIVER
(OPEN IF
E-STOP IS lfTi
~l
ACTIVE)
i---::._----
AUTO / ?--:? 01
GND
c..J7~/>--~--c-c+4---------------------------------~I ~T~
51«~--~
tvlANLIAL /~ 01 _g__l
OFF /~ 01 ,J7~ I rT 3 ) ~l
GND /~ 01 ,J7~'~5~
/"\_---Ll---{~l--.-----------------------------------+-_J 3 l ~lfT3
ALJTO/tvlANLJAL/STOP ~~ 0
,J7~'~97~"\----'----<~l------------------------------------+----+-_J _g__
,J7~2~07~"\--~'---"'I3=D'.llil-------------------------------+----+---3"--.V
(RIBBON) ~DNNECT~~NS--SEE
_uu I
INDICATOR-ID ( 0-15)
4
.Jsf---
7~">--~'-v~i~-------------------------------------J
08 12 / V2
(SEE SHEET 4) 7
08 20 / I ,;co
~~· -~c..J2 7
'-~c..J2 c..JB 77/
E;;0
GND
--:;i .c
c:e::-1
SEL
c:e::-1
B
r
'~c..J2
'-~c..J2
'~c..J2
'-~U2
.JB~
c..JB~>--,'-AG"b
r PHG-i
PtvlG-2
J NOTE I 31
3
.J2 Annunciatol' TO
OR
CLISTOtvlER LOAD CONNECTIONS
CIRCUIT BREAKER TERf/IINALS
I
8~~~~m 1 ~):__
SEL D
c..JB~ PtvlG-3
D
( 300 5383)
REtvlOTE ST ART
vcc ,, 1 2
c..JB~>--~'----"'~dnl±-----~ TB3
"~c..J2 ,J2
8~~~~m2~>-
NOT IN AUTO GND
D c..JB~>--~,----"'~dn=-_ _ _ _ ___J ~---~>-I GND
vcc '-~1~2
~~
D SHUTDOWN
I OPTIONAL)
D WARNING
BAR_ENABLE
GND
,, 1
1
2
2
I
I GND 8~~~~m3 ~):__
( BARGRAPH ASSY I I '6
B
D
D
RUN
(CONFIG1
I nt{
B+
414>3- B
I
T~>- Customer Fau 1 t
TB2~'c--~'--R~S_4=8=5+
_ _ _ _ _ _~-~
D D D
D
(CONFIG2)
(CONFIG3) TB2~'c--~--R~5_4=B=5-
_ _ _ _ _~-+--~ T~>- Customer Fault #2
(DISPLAY ASSY I D (CONFIG4)
"~c..J3 TB2f4>- : B+ T~>- Cu5tomer Fault #3
D I ( 300-5467) I
D D (CONFIG5)
'-~c..J3
"~c..J3
TB2~>-
TB21'4>-
1
:
GND
CUSTONER T~>- ~~8~~0ing Load
OWER-LEFT '~c..J3 z~~LJi~p~~S T~>- Charger AC Failure I/O MODULE

(tvlEtvlBRANE
PAHEL) D D '?-..?c..J3
TB2f4>- :
I
T~>- Low Coolant Level
LL f.JER-RIGHT '?-§c..!3 I 3 ,Ji
!...::;->-Low Fuel Level ~---77~ RS_4B5_A
I
DISPLAY ( 0-13)
f/!Ef/IBRANE ( 0-9)
FAULT _ACK "'""'"..,.. '~c..J3
I
'~c..J3
-------------------------------------~
n I
tvlANUALRL \J/STOP ~c..J3 TP I I
I RIBBON I '~.'..!3
LONWORKS ( 0-25 I
,JBf--,(~~U'----,-R,-8-BD_N_I~ ~+--+-----------------------------+----'-'--~-5~~/,J/~i~ WAKE-UP
I 2 c..Jl B+
LONWORKS I ',Ji
c..J9 ~ SERVICE RS232

lvlODLJLE //
1 CONNECTOR ( 300-5517 I
032 ~
IDB-Bl 4174-+-G_N_D_ _~
(OPTIONAL)
Rc..J-45 LONWORKS
LON(0-25) DATA2 032 ~ SERVICE PORT
k4
TO EXTERNAL AL TEFNATOR START
BATTERY - . - RELAY
A CHARGER --=- BATTERY
I 12V/24V)
Gi
OUT
VR
I SEE SHEET 2 I
DATA1 c..J30~
CUSTD~ER
A
GND DATA2 c..J30 ~
(FDR REFERENCE ONLY) ! - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ..---_,-----.,.-----.... -----,..---_,--,---,---,---,--...---,------,=,..,-----------------...,,,=-------1

--------------------------------
STARTER ~~~E DESCRIPTION OR f.1A TERIAL ~~~
CUMMINS POWER GENERATION

140073rdAVENE
2/03/03 t-1INNEAPDLIS· t-1N55432
3/20/03
0.09-499-1{)1~-o.oo
3/20/03 WO-CONTROL
ZUKEN 1-----1~ 1050:~:::.::.~~ PGA
l7E0-2<!99to30/-0l3 PCC 2100 0630-2601 1oc2
6 5 4 3 2 1
PS GEN-B
6 I
5 I
4 3 I
2 I
1
0630-2601 lol
LONWORKS
RIBBON
TD BASEBOARD
CABLE
COMMUN I CA Tim~s
MODULE
D[D]
D D[ il
D[D]
D[ il
D
06 0[2] 0[2]
06 6 0[3] 0[3]
' 0[4]
06 0[4]
06 0[5] 0[5]
06 0[6] 0[6] R..J-45 LONWORKS

SERVICE PORT
06 0[7] 0[7] DATA1 C------~~032
06 SLAVEBCS- 5LAVEBC5- DATA2
- 06 R/W R/W - - ,
A[O]
06 A[O] DATA1 c------( )030 1 CUSTONER
22
1 CONNECTION
06 DATA2 C-------2~-u(,030 I FOR LONWORKS
' [NOT USED) J LED ASSEMBLY BARGRAPH
cJ6 011
[NOT USED) 2
( 300-5183 l METER MODULE
011 GND
( 300-5180)
HASTER-ST A TUS BASEREADY 011 3 SCk HOSI c--~-
5
_ _ _ _ _ _ _----i
LONRESET LONRESET 011 4 GND g5
06 SPARE-DUTPLJT1 SPAREOUTPLIT 1 011 5 SEL-A

RIBBON CABLE
TO BASEBOARD 02
c 06
06
TOKEN-REQUEST-
[NOT USED]
TOKEN-REQUEST-
WAKE-UP-
011
011
7
9
SEL-B
SEL-C
c
06 011 SEL-D I-SENSE k-"~~"-----------i
B+_FLJSED I BAR-ENABLE '1§i
06 POWERIN+ 011 vcc r-----------j
GND 6 INTENSITY cf~

06 GND 011 GND c------------j
06 J
vcc e-c~~"'----------j
~
'
06
06 vcc
06
,es
~ "B~---+ BARGRAPH-ENABLE
cJ 11(-'C
RIBBON CABLE
TD BASEBOARD 04
DISPLAY MODULE
cJ4 D[O]
cJ4 D[ 1] I 300-5467)
B cJ4 0[2] B
04 0[3]
04 0[4]
04 0[5]
04 )3 0[6]
' 0[7]
04
04 A[O l
NOTES=
c.J4 / 6 DISPLAY -ENABLE
1- K10- K11- K12 ARE OPTIONAL DIN RAIL MOUNTED RELAYS.
- R/W
2. NETWORK CONNECTIONS= USE BELDEN 9729 24 GAUGE TWISTED, STRANDED, SHEILDED
vcc CABLE. SHIELD SHOULD BE GROUNDED AT ONE END. TOTAL NETWORK LENGTH CAN NOT
EXCEED 4000 FEET- UP TO 20 NODES CAN BE CONNECTED TO THE NETWORK. (NOTE
GND ANY COMMUNICATIONS WIRE CONNECTED TO THE GENSET SHOULD BE STRANED CABLE- )
3. FOR SHUNT OPERATION, CONNECT AC1 AND AC2 TO
GENERATOR OUTPUTS (250VAC MAX)
4. ECS IS SUPPLIED WITH ENGINE. ALL ENGINE SENSORS INTERFACE TO ECS WITH
DATA COMMUNICATED BACK TO PCC2100 BASEBOARD-
A A
I ~~~El
REF
I I I I I I I QTY ITEf.1 I PART NO. DESCRIPTION OR f.1ATERIAL I DES
I CUMMINS POWER GENERATION
Inch I DRAcJP 140073rdAVENE
3/20/03 f.1INNEAPDLIS· f.1N55432
CHl<:Ri2J
f.1FG ocJRS 3/20/03
ZUKEN
I
6
I
5
I
4 3
I
2 I 1
PS GEN-B
6 I 5 I 4 3 I 2 I
REL rn
~O ~o REVISIO~ mE DR CHKR APPROVED Dm
0630 3045 Pro/ENGINEER I
METRIC DWG I FRD24291 A I PRODUCTION RELEASE LA LO LD 06 20 05
____ cc;--,-~-
TB I 18
lB+_FUSEDl
OSL9 WIRING DIAGRAM FRD24554 B I ADDED Kl RELAY LA LO LD 07 27 05
CUSTOMER
KIO 13 21
- 1 ::::~b
31 o h~ ~
TBI B
WITH PCC2100, CM850,
PCC 2100 CONTROL
+gNNECTIONS
OPTIONAL
L_f------D IOUTI -NOi
~ BASEBOARD AND CAN/Jl939 DATA LINK
:~ms Kl 1 1 ****~~ (0327- 1379-02)
D 14 22 31 44 Hf--J D
L TBI 10
1-----D IOUT1 NO I
CM850 ENG I NE CONTROL MODULE
J7 p7 CT I " SEE SHEET 2 FOR ENG I NE SENSORS
Kl1f,***~~ IOUT3 NOi
~1----T CTI
II~"._'_
GI"
CTI -CON CT1
:~ '--~C_,_TZ'------l--~
14 22 31 44 h1 f--J 0
Bl 11
TB I 9 CTZ-COii'I en
:: '--~c_,_n"-----+------+-G'
§ TBI II
TB I 13
TB I 11 IGND I ---<E-
(RIBBON)
J2
20
CTJ-CON
JS PB
- -
VI
4
V2
11
VJ
10
)
VN
o ICO~FIGI I
o ICO~FIG21 ~ TO CUSTOMER LOAD CONNECTIONS
o ICO~FIG31 OR CIRCUIT BREAKER TERMINALS
o ICO~FIG41
DD I L_=":::=:;'"""=='
L__ m=n=='JII DD
IJDD-54671
o ICO~FIG51
5
FIELD
FIELD+
D 13
ACI
21
AC2
c I MEMBRANE I 0-9 I ~J3
22
AC3 05
c
I RIBBON) 13 INK
DI SPLAY I 0- 13 I
-"-- J4 .---- DAT AL INK COMMON
[RIBBON) J_9_ A DAT AL INK POWER
I B ~ SAE Jl939 DATALINK l+I SP7
'I; '" "°·'" "'"' '"' , , T

DCD C- 0 I
IL_ _ \-f- - -+~-c ~ ~

RXD 1 SO PIN OEM
CONNECTOR
TXD RS131 I NPOWER/
SERVICE TOOL
'. I 8
DTR sP
[RIBBON) ~~ JG GND
CONNECTOR
DSR LJ_--+_S_P_9_._+-----'~a---- 37
RTS 7
CTS 8
TB I RI 9
REMOTE START d--
CUSTOMER + REMOTE ESTOP g- J l_O__P_ID
REMOTE_RESET
INPUTS CUSL IN I
U--
d-- SAE 31939 DATALINK l+I
I APPLY GROUND
TO ACTIVATE! CUST_IN1 d-
CUST _I N3 cJ-
*REFER TO 0630-2615 ~---C_U_ST___l_N_4 cf- SAE 31939 DATALINK 1-1
FOR REMOTE E-STOP
WIRING DETAIL
~--~="'" i___,k,
(J'-----j--'~"~-~
OUT I NO ':::'
9
h TO NC1-I TO NC2-2
y
OUT I - COM ,,-,,-,,-~_J~

U"'- ___,___ L__~
I I
10
OUT2-NO '-"11 H I Kl
B
ou T2 -coM i -e---
11
1 unc
'"-,,-11 L__- --'l'-'-- ~~
PI LOl RELA
B
11
~t
ou n - No ~ 13 1
OU Tl-COM r~>'~-C---,----'_,~h___,
14 B+_IN
CUSTOMER OUT 4-NO Un'-l'-S--1-----""~~
OUTPUTS
I SEE RATINGS
OUT~;~~~ QL£ FI
Kl
Pl
I OA
IN PARENTHESES I B+ FUSED ~'~1~7___,_~I~IO'Tt~I-~ r-,__F1_2_1_s_A_MP_1_ _ _ _--'.j
11 1
L4 KE_Y_sw_1_T_cH--+------~
' __ _ _
,------J I r 39
B+ FUSED ~: K6 T IRUNI i.---------v F I I I AMP I
SW B+ FUSED 1~
cjl!l'"'-D___,_~l~SA~I- - , uI F2
m~ CRB_~ SA
F3
1A
K4
SPIO ~ 3
c- 02
4 PIN
~'
F1 I 30 AMP I
4
FROM PI 0-4 J7
==
Pl
K4 STARTER 'I:'
~
PI LOT RELAY
SPll
I
NC1-1 NC1-1
FRON K15-5 13~ CM850 POWER RETURN (-l
s 13
T
I
ES TOP NC I - 2
I
ESTOP NC I - I
E STOP c----0-=-D--------'E~S_,_T"-OPc__c-N~O_,_l---1
_P_I_ _J_I
I
2
3 I CRAN Kl
=--------+-21
=----+---'10
IFSOI
1
I 6 y
~
1
GND
I ESTOP N02
m~tRS : t=====-~/=------------------~-----
4
S l(--LZ0----+----~AllUuT~0---1 5; US U7
I MANUAL
: C----~~
I OFF
A GND ~~ ) -/
BI STARTER A
AUTO/ MANUAL I STOP
iGND BA_fl.j,swl K~W 11_
GND : B• I I I I -
PTCCOPTMODULE ~~
!OPEN IF E-STOP
IS ACT I VE I BATTI JNOT G~ND----------,,-------------,.;;;~~-~-
I ONAL l
18 ITE~ I ~o I siwE I DESCRIPTION OR MATER I AL m
~--~+: f-------i:=1iiior'Irn"'"'"''='"'""cc"IT"=''~rn:c<rn!'"1i"'J'C>i"';;:"cc:"'CirnCj;1m;;;rnoo6Js3eo'221n19e-TIDot'.":"_l_"""-~,;;;"'~-J.>C"_j_i==;zm;c:c==j---:~:::::;_;;-11c~u~M;,;;_;M~IN~S;fp~o~W:iE~R;(GiE~N~E~R~A~T~l~O~N-1
PART -
~1~---(~-,:l/;,::Af:-+---+d-- BATTERY ALT FLASH OUTPUT GI
l~~---<~~-PT-C~B+~4§:= S7
BATTERY DO NOT mm I x i;n f~6~rn I ~R D_CRANE 02 21 05 MIN~~IS~~T~E 55432
l~---«''c--~G~N~D-ccc=cc-~d- 31 ~+ 8 I COOLANT
~~TO ~
_.---./ SCALE PRINT ~ \ ~
.xx± 0 03 .m±
ft\ r l ~ L DEWEY 02 21 05
i:6~1cm~E \17--i::::::JC""""rG---"'o---'===------+-----L_ _ ____jTmE
cHrn
d- EXTERNAL
09~ 499 '9_1519 98 _994199 ':i:~ff:J/,0/,\li:::i 1"'"PP"Ro,.,vc_,,o_cL~DE:.-;W_eE,.,Y~==_l,,_01:_':_2-_l-_eD--_5+--'S-_ITecE_::C_eO°"DE---1-;0WC.:D::C---G=E-_-N~S-=E--'T___,l--'Q°'S°'L~9=-)_--,1Hill'T~
PTC STATUS 32 SIGNAL B LEVEL
GND 0
GND c SENDER (+) BATTERY CHARGER 19 '990! 993
~ 5 00- 9 99 t0.10/-0 10 .1~1-.111 ;~1~~'.::~~it:~~-11~{ri1~:1~~:r.1'~1IFC~Hn~~;1 ~:~mrnrn~1~~D1~0DEL FIRST USED o~ DWG ~o I SHEET I S~E
35
1~--~~-~GN~D----+d- ~---- (- ) ANG TOL± I 0 t.0081-.004
'-----r' C-~-~:-~~-6-i_l_/_I__,~:n::::: :::i:::; :::;:; :::::::; ;;;."'"'"'""°" "' ll%\',""~1'"'','\\,,I DODAA,AB,AC PGA 0630 3045 1_oc2 D
I I 4 I I
6 5 3 2
PS GEN-B
6 5 4 3 2
REL ~O rn ~o REVISIO~ mE DR CHKR APPROVED Dm
0630_3045 D Pro/ENGINEER METRIC DWG FRD24291 PRODUCTION RELEASE LA LO LD 06 10 05
FRD24554 LA LO LD 07-17 05
ECM
CONN ECTOR
CMB50
ENGINE CAMSHAFT POSITION SIGNAL
26'--~~~----'--'---'---'--~-'--'------'--'---"-~~~~~~-----'
CONTROL CAMSHAFT POSITION RETURN
MODULE CAMSHAFT
CAMSHAFT POSITION 5 VOLT SUPPLY POSITION
SENSOR
D D
AMBIENT A IR PRESSURE +5 VDC SUPPLY
AMBIENT AIR PRESSURE SIGNAL
03C-j~C--j~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
AMBIENT A IR PRESSURE RETURN
OIL PRESSURE +5 VDC SUPPLY

33C-j~f--llo-+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
0 IL PRESSURE SIGNAL
13C-j~f----+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
01 L PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
COOLANT TEMPERATURE RETURN COOLANT

COOLANT TEMPERATURE INPUT TEMPERATURE
15C-j~f--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
SENSOR
L__j-~---j
INTAKE MANIFOLD PRESSURE +5 VDC SUPPLY

37'-10-C--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
INTAKE MANIFOLD
INTAKE MANIFOLD PRESSURE SIGNAL IBOOSTI PRESSURE
44'--f--'--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
INTAKE MAN I FOLD PRESSURE RETURN SENSOR

47f---f--llO-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
INTAKE MAN I FOLD TEMPERATURE RETURN INTAKE MANIFOLD

INTAKE MAN I FOLD TEMPERATURE INPUT lBOOSTl AIR TEMPERATURE
c 23f---f--C--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
L__j-~---j
SENSOR c
WATER IN FUEL SIGNAL RETURN WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
CRANKSHAFT SPEED SIGNAL

27'-'--'--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~_____j
CRANKSHAFT SPEED RETURN

48'-'--1--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
CRANKSHAFT SPEED 5 VOLT SUPPLY

16f---C--f--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
FUEL PRESSURE RETURN

FUEL PRESSURE SIGNAL FUEL
25'-'--1--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ PRESSURE
FUEL PRESSURE 5 VOLT SUPPLY SENSOR
341 _~~~~T~U~B~R~O~C~H~A~RG~E=R~S~P~E~E=D~S~IG~NA~L~l~+~l~~~---j TUBROCHARGER SPEED

241 _~~~~T_U_B_R_O_C_HA_R_G_E_R~S_P_E_E_D~S_IG_N_A_L~l_-_l~~~---j SENSOR
FUEL PUMP ACTUATOR SIGNAL

02f---~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
FUEL PUMP
FUEL PUMP ACTUATOR RETURN ACTUATOR
B 32'-~~~~-'-=-=------'------"C--'--'---"-'~~~~~~~~~
B
CYLINDER NO. ACTUATOR SUPPLY l+I

54 f--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-j
CYLINDER NO. ACTUATOR RETURN 1-1 I NJ ECTOR #2

51
CYLINDER NO ACTUATOR SUPPLY l+I
45 '--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~___,
CYLINDER ND I ACTUATOR RETURN 1-1 I NJ ECTOR #I

53 f--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-j

56 f--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-j

SB f---~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-j

55 f---~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-j

51 C--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-j

51 '--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~___,
A 59
CYLINDER NO ACTUATOR RETURN
f---~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-j
1-1 I NJ ECTOR #6 A
46 f---~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-j
CYL I NDER NO ACTUATOR RETURN I NJ ECTOR #5

60 f---~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-j
Cl2 I Tm PART ~o siwE DESCRIPTION OR MATERIAL
DO NOT CUMMINS POWER GENERATION

SCALE PRINT
02-21-05 1400 73RD AVE NE
t.llNtEAPOLIS, Mlt.llESOTA. 55432
02-21-05
ANG TOL± I 0 01-11-DS s I TE CODE wD-GEN sET IQ sL9)
DWG ~O ~
SIZE
DODAA,AB,AC PGA 0630_3045 2 "'2 D

6 5 4 3 2
Drawing Name: 0626-2311 Revision: G

Part Name: 0626-2311 Revision: G




SECTION XV
GENSET OUTLINES
R R
PTC Creo Parametric
6 5 4 3 2 1
ECO-176532 A 1 PRODUCTION RELEASE DAH DAH GILLETT 04APR18

WTP GEN-A 11
1303 200
[51.3 ] [7.9 ]
GENSET CONTROL NOTES:
WIRE STUB-UP (DC) ENGINE OIL FILL
ACCESSORY 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE REFERENCE, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY TOLERANCED.
WITH STUB-UP (AC) 730 FUEL STUB-UP AREA SKID INSTALLATION (F179-2)
[28.7 ] 2. REFER TO CIRCUIT BREAKER OUTLINE DRAWING FOR ELECTRICAL STUB-UP
ENGINE COOLANT FILL AREA FOR SPECIFIC BREAKERS.
D 2X 134 D
[5.3 ] 3. CONTROL INTERFACE CONNECTIONS SHOULD BE MADE WITH
FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS.
4. n 21 [0.8] HOLES MARKED BY FOR SECURING TO MOUNTING SURFACE.

HOLES IN GENERATOR SET BASE AT THESE LOCATIONS ARE
INTENDED FOR ATTACHMENT TO THE MOUNTING SURFACE.
IF GENERATOR SET IS MOUNTED ON A FUEL TANK, REFER TO
FUEL TANK OUTLINE DRAWING FOR LOCATION OF TANK ATTACHMENT
POINTS.
2X 832 AIR FLOW 5. REFER TO GENSET OR FUEL TANK FOUNDATION OUTLINES FOR
[32.8 ] 915 10 ELECTRICAL, FUEL AND OTHER FOUNDATION SPECIFICS.
[36 ]
740
6. GENSET SUPPLIED WITH FLEXIBLE FUEL LINES THAT CAN BE
142 135 726 11 [29.1 ] CONNECTED TO ENGINE INTERFACE POINTS.
1016
[40 ] [5.6 ] [5.3 ] 508 [28.6 ]
6.1 FUEL SUPPLY LINE: 670 [26] LONG WITH 1/4 INCH NPT MALE
[20 ] TERMINATION.
326
[12.8 ] 6.2 FUEL RETURN LINE: 930 [37] LONG WITH 1/4 INCH NPT MALE
TERMINATION.
7. OIL DRAIN EXTENSION: 5/8 INCH HOSE I.D.
50 50 8. FOR IBC SEISMIC CERTIFIED INSTALLATIONS, SEE GENSET

C [2] BATTERY RACK 795 [2] IBC SEISMIC INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS DRAWING. C
2X 217 (F065-2) [31.3 ]
[8.5 ] 9. DRY WEIGHT = WET WEIGHT - 38.5 KG (85 LB).
EXHAUST CONNECTION
2X 1099 CIRCUIT BREAKER 10. 6X n 7.3 HOLES FOR CUSTOMER-SUPPLIED COOLING EXHAUST
3 INCH NPT (A299-2) AIR DUCT ADAPTER.
[43.3 ] STUP-UP
2
11. FUEL SUPPLY AND RETURN STUB-UP AREA.
DIM A
2X 170
[6.7 ]
10
B B
1405
2
[55.3 ]
CG
1275 2X 1112
[50.2 ] [43.8 ]
884 TABULATION
[34.8 ] 2X 665 GENSET WET WEIGHT
[26.2 ] ALT DATA SHEET # DIM A DIM B
448 KG LB
[17.6 ] 2X 228 ADS-208 1414 504 1340 2955
[9] ADS-209 1443 502 1390 3064
ADS-210 1470 500 1442 3179
ADS-211 1493 499 1480 3262
4X 85
3.4 4X 64 ADS-212 1526 495 1583 3491
[3.4 ]
[0.13 ] [2.5 ]
SKID ADS-213 1526 495 1583 3491
LIFTING HOLES 2X 50
FRAME 4 [2]
THICKNESS 6X n 21 2X 487 A
A
4 [19.2 ]
4
2X 1671 C125D6D, C150D6D, C175D6D, C200D6D
[65.8 ]
2X 2766
[108.9 ]
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, ALL D HOFMEISTER
2X 2818 DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS
SIM TO . DWN
C UMMINS P OWER G ENERATION
[110.9 ] X #1 0.00- 4.99 +0.15/-0.08
DO NOT SCALE PRINT CKD D HOFMEISTER
2X 2868 SKID
HOLE
5.00- 9.99 +0.20/-0.10 APVD
D GILLETT
DIM
[112.9 ]
.X # 0.8
10.00-17.49 +0.25/-0.13
R
OUTLINE,GENSET
.XX # 0.38 17.50-24.99 +0.30/-0.13
DATE
04APR18 SITE CODE
1.0 3:32
TOLERANCING, SEE
ASME Y14.5-2009 ARROW PGF D A060C858 1 OF 2
6 5 4 3 2 1
Drawing Name: A060C859 Revision: A

Part Name: A060C858 Revision: A
R R
PTC Creo Parametric
6 5 4 3 2 1
ECO-176532 A 1 PRODUCTION RELEASE DAH DAH GILLETT 04APR18

WTP GEN-A
D D
EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

PRESSURE CAP (K796-2)
ENGINE COOLING HIGH AMBIENT COOLANT RECOVERY BOTTLE PCC1.1 CONTROL (H700-2)
AIR TEMPERATURE (F125-2) DISPLAY HMI-211
C C
CG
DIM B
3X 25 3X 25
[1] [1]
4
B B
966 COOLANT DRAIN EXTENSION OIL DRAIN
[38 ] 7 EXTENSION
OIL DIP STICK
A A
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, ALL SIM TO . DWN D HOFMEISTER

X #1 0.00- 4.99 +0.15/-0.08
HOLE
5.00- 9.99 +0.20/-0.10 APVD
D GILLETT
DIM
.X # 0.8
10.00-17.49 +0.25/-0.13
R
OUTLINE,GENSET
.XX # 0.38 17.50-24.99 +0.30/-0.13
DATE
04APR18 SITE CODE
1.0 3:32
TOLERANCING, SEE
6 5 4 3 2 1

R R
PTC Creo Parametric
6 5 4 3 2 1
WTP GEN-A ECO-176502 A 1 PRODUCTION RELEASE DAH DAH GILLETT 29MAR18
AIR INTAKE AREAS

NOTES:
1. DIM [] IN INCHES
2. WITH F231-2 ENCLOSURE INSTALLED THE GENERATOR SET

D WEIGHT INCREASES BY 179 KG (395 LBS). D
WITH F217-2 ENCLOSURE INSTALLED THE GENERATOR SET
WEIGHT INCREASES BY 195 KG (429 LBS).
3. WITH F231-2 INSTALLED THE CENTER OF GRAVITY OF THE

GENERATOR SET SHIFTS APPROXIMATELY 42 MM (1.7 INCH)
AIR AND EXHAUST TOWARDS THE AIR DISCHARGE END AND 61MM (2.4 INCH
DISCHARGE AREAS HIGHER.
WITH F217-2 INSTALLED THE CENTER OF GRAVITY OF THE
GENERATOR SET SHIFTS APPROXIMATELY 57 MM (2.2 INCH)
TOWARDS THE AIR DISCHARGE END AND 61MM (2.4 INCH)
HIGHER.
CHANGES IN CENTER OF GRAVITY LISTED ARE FOR GENERATOR
SETS WITHOUT SUBBASE FUEL TANKS.
REFER TO OPEN GENERATOR SET OUTLINE DRAWING FOR CG
LOCATIONS PRIOR TO ENCLOSURE INSTALLATION.
AIR INTAKE VIEW

C C
DISTANCE REQUIRED
TO OPEN DOORS
3621
[143 ]
AIR INTAKE CENTER OF GRAVITY 985 985 SERVICE DOOR SERVICE DOOR
[38.8] [38.8]
B B
1841 1493
[72 ] [59 ]
4X LATCH
AIR FLOW
SERVICE DOOR SERVICE DOOR 162 CENTER OF GRAVITY 1016 170 370 973 973
[6] [40 ] [7]
753 [14.6 ] [38 ] [38 ]
196 162
[30 ] AIR OUTLET VIEW
[8] [6.4 ]
A A
C125D6D, C150D6D, C175D6D, C200D6D
F231-2 ENCLOSURE CONFIGURATION UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, ALL

SIM TO A055V240 DWN D HOFMEISTER C UMMINS P OWER G ENERATION
X #1 0.00- 4.99 +0.15/-0.08
HOLE
5.00- 9.99 +0.20/-0.10 APVD
D GILLETT
DIM
.X # 0.8
10.00-17.49 +0.25/-0.13
R
OUTLINE,ENCLOSURE
.XX # 0.38 17.50-24.99 +0.30/-0.13
DATE
29MAR18 SITE CODE
1.0 1/15
TOLERANCING, SEE
6 5 4 3 2 1

R R
PTC Creo Parametric
6 5 4 3 2 1
ECO-176502 A 1 PRODUCTION RELEASE DAH DAH GILLETT 29MAR18

WTP GEN-A
D D
AIR INTAKE AREA
C C
4061
[160 ]
AIR INTAKE AREA
B B
AIR INTAKE AREA
440
[17.3 ]
A
F217-2 ENCLOSURE CONFIGURATION A
REFER TO PAGE 1 (F231-2 ENCLOSURE) FOR

OTHER F217-2 ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, ALL
SIM TO A055V240 DWN D HOFMEISTER C UMMINS P OWER G ENERATION
X #1 0.00- 4.99 +0.15/-0.08
HOLE
5.00- 9.99 +0.20/-0.10 APVD
D GILLETT
DIM
.X # 0.8
10.00-17.49 +0.25/-0.13
R
OUTLINE,ENCLOSURE
.XX # 0.38 17.50-24.99 +0.30/-0.13
DATE
29MAR18 SITE CODE
1.0 1/15
TOLERANCING, SEE
6 5 4 3 2 1

PTC
R
Creo
R
Parametric
4 3 2 1
ECO-170441 A 1 PRODUCTION RELEASE DAH DAH STAFFENHAGEN 27FEB18
WTP GEN-A 3 LOW FUEL SWITCH

(1" NPT FEMALE)
3 ENGINE RETURN 16
UNUSED
(1/4" NPT MALE)
(2" NPT FEMALE) 5 GALLON 3 13
3 HIGH FUEL ALARM NOTES:
SPILL BOX WITH OVERFILL PREVENTION VALVE
3 RUPTURE BASIN SWITCH
(2" NPT FRMALE)
(1" NPT FEMALE) FUEL GUAGE 3 1. TANKS ARE UL142 LISTED. SECONDARY CONTAINMENT
(1-1/2 NPT FEMALE) FUEL TANK. REFER TO TANK LABELS AND LOCAL CODE
3 ENGINE SUPPLY TO DETERMINE VENTING REQUIREMENTS FOR BOTH
(1/4" NPT MALE) COMPARTMENTS.
2. SUBBASE FUEL TANK MOUNTING.

EXCESSIVE TWISTING OF THE FUEL TANK, MAY RESULT
IN STRUCTURAL FAILURE OF THE TANK. TO ENSURE THE
D INSTALLATION DOES NOT EXCESSIVELY TWIST THE FUEL D
TANK, THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE MUST BE OBSERVED:
2.1 REFER TO APPLICATION MANUAL T030 FOR

GENERAL SET MOUNTING GUIDELINES.
886
PRIMARY VENT 2" 3 [34.9 ] 2.2 AFTER PLACING SET ON FOUNDATION, VERIFY ALL
1016
[40 ] 815 MOUNTING PADS CONTACT FOUNDATION.
[32.1 ]
SECONDARY VENT 2" 3 781 2.3 THERE ARE SHIMS ATTACHED TO EACH FUEL TANK.
966 [30.7 ] THESE ARE INTENDED TO FILL ANY GAP BETWEEN
[38 ] 766
THE MOUNTING PADS AND FOUNDATION.
[30.2 ]
715
[28.2 ] 2.4 INSERT THE MAXIMUM HEIGHT STACK OF SHIMS
337 THAT WILL SLIDE INTO THE GAP.
[13.3 ]
177 2.5 TIGHTEN TANK HOLD DOWN MOUNTING FASTENERS.
130
[7]
[5.1 ] 3. INDICATES PIPE SIZE OF FEATURE OR OPTION INDICATED.
4. DIMENSIONS IN [ ] ARE IN INCHES.

25
[1]
5. FOR IBC SEISMIC CERTIFIED INSTALLATIONS, SEE GENSET
IBC SEISMIC INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS DRAWING.
6. FUEL TANK HAS A FLANGE THICKNESS OF UP TO

123 709
10 mm [0.394 in], ALLOW EXTRA LENGTH ON HARDWARE
[4.8 ] [27.9 ]
1294 FOR UNEVENESS OF MOUNTING SURFACE. RISER FEATURE
[51 ] 6X 20.7 16 UNUSED WILL ADD ADDITIONAL 51 mm [2 in].
1388 [0.81 ] (2" NPT FEMALE)
[54.7 ] 7. FUEL TANK PERIMETER IS SHOWN. FOUNDATION SHOULD
1438 BE EXTENDED BEYOND THIS PERIMETER. SEE (T030)
[56.6 ] APPLICATION MANUAL.
1545 SECONDARY
[60.8 ] EMERGENCY VENT 5" 3 8. INSTALLATION & REMOVAL LIFTING AND SERVICE ACCESS
1660
CLEARANCE (SUGGESTED MINIMUM).
C [65.3 ]
3919
C
[154.3 ] PRIMARY 9. REMOVABLE STUB-UP ACCESS PANEL.
4074 EMERGENCY VENT 5" 3
[160.4 ] 10. ELECTRICAL STUB-UP AREA WITH FUEL TANK RISER
4090 FEATURE INSTALLED.
[161 ]
4246 11. MAINTAIN MIN 51 mm [2 in] CLEARANCE ABOVE E-VENT -
[167.2 ] (SEE SHEET 2).
4461
[175.6 ] 12. WEIGHT AND CENTER OF GRAVITY INFORMATION IS
ESTIMATED AND CHANGES WITH TANK FEATURE INSTALLATION.
13. FILL CAP LOCATED HERE IF OVERFILL PREVENTION VALVE

IS NOT INSTALLED.
14. TANK ONLY.
15. TANK WITH FUEL AND ACCESSORIES.
16. PORT SEALED WITH REMOVABLE STEEL PLUG.
17. SHOWN WITH RISERS.
B B
TANK HEIGHT
(SEE TABULATION)
CGY
(SEE TABULATION)
PART NUMBER IDENTIFICATION

GENSET TANK FEATURE CODE/RUN TIME
107 813 MODEL C301-2 C303-2 C305-2 C319-2 C320-2
[4.2 ] [32 ] 10X 6 17 APPLICATION
CGX 24HR 48HR 72HR 24 HR 48 HR
(SEE TABULATION) C125D6D A056Y392 A056Y394 A056Y394 ----- -----
[0.8]
2279 M16 OR 5/8 C150D6D A056Y392 A056Y394 ----- ----- A056Y394
[89.7 ] BOLT OR STUD C175D6D A056Y392 A056Y394 ----- ----- A056Y394
2939
[115.7 ] C200D6D A056Y392 A056Y394 ----- ----- A056Y394
4369 C230D6D A056Y394 ----- ----- A056Y394 -----
[172 ] C250D6D A056Y394 ----- ----- A056Y394 -----
4577.7
[180.224 ]
A TABULATION
A
TANK VOLUME BASED ON DISTANCE
TANK VOLUME WEIGHT CG_X CG_Y
VENT EXTENSIONS VENT EXTENSIONS VENT HEIGHT FROM BOTTOM OF TANK
HEIGHT HEIGHT WTHH NO
TANK NUMBER TANK HEIGHT TOTAL USABLE MINIMUM 14 MAXIMUM 15 MINIMUM 14 MAXIMUM 15 MINIMUM 14 MAXIMUM 15
WITH 10' PIPES WITH 4' PIPES EXTENSIONS LITER/MM GALLON/INCH
MM [INCH] MM [INCH] MM [INCH]
LITER GALLON LITER GALLON KG LB KG LB MM IN MM IN MM IN MM IN
A056Y392 533 [21] 2556 [101] 737 [29] 65 [2.6] 1417 374 1330 351 671 1477 1802 3969 2633 104 2613 103 260 10.2 264 10.4 2.9 19.4
A056Y394 1073 [42] 3106 [122] 1277 [50] 65 [2.6] 2975 785 2793 737 1045 2302 3421 7535 2440 96 2553 100 483 19.0 520 20.5 2.9 19.4
X #1 0.00- 4.99 +0.15/-0.08
OUTLINE,TANK
HOLE
5.00- 9.99 +0.20/-0.10 APVD
G STAFFENHAGEN
DIM
R
.X # 0.8
10.00-17.49 +0.25/-0.13
.XX # 0.38 17.50-24.99 +0.30/-0.13
DATE
27FEB18 SITE CODE REGIONAL
1.0 1:8
TOLERANCING, SEE
ASME Y14.5-2009 ARROW PGF E A057P198 1 OF 3
4 3 2 1
Drawing Name: A057P199 Revision: A

Part Name: A057P198 Revision: A
PTC
R
Creo
R
Parametric
4 3 2 1
WTP GEN-A
2X 33 2X 3694
[1.3 ] [145.4 ]
D D
3626
[142.8 ]
4061
[159.9 ]
5012
[197.3 ]
1046
[41.2 ]
C C
11
VENT EXTENSION HEIGHT
(SEE TABULATION)
B 1836 B
[72.3 ]
528
[20.8 ]
4X
[2]
LIFTING EYE
4X 40
[1.6 ]
435
[ 17.1 ] 753
[29.6 ]
17 51
A [2]
2X 1022
A
[40.2 ]
2X 1111
[43.7 ]

X #1 0.00- 4.99 +0.15/-0.08
OUTLINE,TANK
HOLE
5.00- 9.99 +0.20/-0.10 APVD
G STAFFENHAGEN
DIM
R
.X # 0.8
10.00-17.49 +0.25/-0.13
.XX # 0.38 17.50-24.99 +0.30/-0.13
DATE
1.0 1:8
TOLERANCING, SEE
4 3 2 1

PTC
R
Creo
R
Parametric
4 3 2 1
WTP GEN-A
D D
8
2X 4568
[179.9 ]
831.7
[32.744 ]
617
[24.3 ]
401
[15.8 ]
186
[7.3 ]
10
C C
7
ELECTRICAL
STUB-UP AREA
965 9
[38 ]
812
[32 ]
364
[14.3 ]
51
[2]
B 8 2X 915 B
[36 ]
10
123
[4.8 ]
186
[7.3 ]
354
[13.9 ]
378
[14.9 ]
593
[23.3 ]
617
[24.3 ]
832
[32.7 ]
A A

X #1 0.00- 4.99 +0.15/-0.08
OUTLINE,TANK
HOLE
5.00- 9.99 +0.20/-0.10 APVD
G STAFFENHAGEN
DIM
R
.X # 0.8
10.00-17.49 +0.25/-0.13
.XX # 0.38 17.50-24.99 +0.30/-0.13
DATE
1.0 1:8
TOLERANCING, SEE
4 3 2 1

PS GEN-B
Drawing Name: A041F592 Revision: A

Part Name: A041F591 Revision: A
Sheet 1 of 4
PS GEN-B

Sheet 2 of 4
PS GEN-B

Sheet 3 of 4
PS GEN-B
Drawing Name: A034J590 Revision: E

Part Name: A034J589 Revision: E
Sheet 1 of 5
PS GEN-B
Drawing Name: A034J590 Revision: E

Part Name: A034J589 Revision: E
Sheet 2 of 5
PS GEN-B
Drawing Name: A035F948 Revision: C

Part Name: A035F947 Revision: C
Sheet 3 of 4
SECTION XVI
CIRCUIT BREAKER OUTLINE

DRAWINGS
PTC
R
Creo
R
Parametric
4 3 2 1
ECO-181477 E 1 ADD SHEET 6 RT MT M_TULADHAR 05NOV18
WTP GEN-A "H" FRAME SHOWN (15 - 150 amp) 2

3
ZONE (A1) ADD TABLE
ZONE (B1) UPDATE 'CIRCUIT BREAKER
ACCESSORIES' TABLE
RT MT M_TULADHAR 05NOV18
- - - -
RT MT M_TULADHAR 05NOV18
NOTES:
1 NEUTRAL LUG (1) #14-2/0.
POSITION "C" POSITION "B" 1 POSITION "A" 2 GROUND LUG (1) #14-1/0.
1 3 NEUTRAL LUG (1) #6-350 kcmil.
4 NEUTRAL LG (2) #2-600 kcmil OR (4) 1/0-250 kcmil.
FRAME LUG LUG WIRE RANGE WIRE STRIP LENGTH CB LUG TORQUE
D D
AL150HD
H-FRAME
THERMAL-MAGNETIC (1) AL #14 - 3/0 AWG #14 - #10 50 lb-in (6.0 Nm)
0.65 inch
15-150 AMP (1) CU #14 - 3/0 AWG #8 - 3/0 120 lb-in (14.0 Nm)
80% RATED
AL175HD
J-FRAME
THERMAL-MAGNETIC (1) AL #4 - 4/0 AWG
1.00 inch 225 lb-in (26.0 Nm)
175 AMP (1) CU #4 - 4/0 AWG
80% RATED
AL250JD
J-FRAME
1 THERMAL-MAGNETIC (1) AL 3/0 - 350 kcmil
1.00 inch 225 lb-in (26.0 Nm)
200-250 AMP (1) CU 3/0 - 350 kcmil
80% RATED
CU250JD
9X 633 J-FRAME
LSI ELECTRONIC TRIP
4X 554 (1) CU 1/0 - 300 kcmil 1.00 inch 250 lb-in (28.0 Nm)
ADJUSTABLE TRIP 70-250 AMP
100% RATED, COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY
2
9X 492 AL400L61K3
L-FRAME (400)
LSI ELECTRONIC TRIP (1) AL #2 - 500 kcmil
1.20 inch 442 lb-in (50 Nm)
ADJUSTABLE TRIP 125-400 AMP (1) CU #2 - 600 kcmil
80% RATED
3X 258 AL600LS52K3
L-FRAME (400)
LSI ELECTRONIC TRIP (1) 1.20 inch
(2) CU 2/0 - 500 kcmil 442 lb-in (50 Nm)
ADJUSTABLE TRIP 125-400 AMP (1) 2.40 inch
2 2
L-FRAME (600) AL600LS52K3
193 LSI ELECTRONIC TRIP
(2) AL 2/0 - 500 kcmil (1) 1.20 inch
ADJUSTABLE TRIP 200-600 AMP 442 lb-in (50 Nm)
(2) CU 2/0 - 500 kcmil (1) 2.40 inch
C 337 80% RATED
C
390 AL800LS52K3
P-FRAME MANUAL & AUTOMATIC
LSI ELECTRONIC TRIP (3) AL 3/0 - 500 kcmil
(3) 1.20 inch 442 lb-in (50 Nm)
501 ADJUSTABLE TRIP 400, 600 & 800 AMP (3) CU 3/0 - 500 kcmil
80% AND 100% RATED
628
961
1124
CIRCUIT BREAKER ACCESSORIES
SHUNT TRIP (MX) P/N A043X760

12 VDC
1
COIL BURDEN < 5 WATTS
10 AMP IN-RUSH
AUXILIARY CONTACTS P/N A043X785

OPEN/CLOSED (OF)
TRIP INDICATION (SD)
FORM C CONTACTS
RATING: 6 AMPS AT 24 VAC, 48 VAC, 110 VAC
6 AMPS AT 24 VDC,
2.5 AMPS AT 48 VDC
966 0.6 AMPS AT 110 VDC
B 2
H & J FRAME, MAXIMUM OF 4 CONTACTS PER B
569
CIRCUIT BREAKER
476 L FRAME, MAXIMUM OF 5 CONTACTS PER

CIRCUIT BREAKER
3X 72
285 2X 35
P FRAME, MAXIMUM OF 5 CONTACTS PER
CIRCUIT BREAKER
ACCESSORY KIT P/N A060M822

FOR TOP ENTRY LOAD CABLE ENTRY
9X 160 3
APPLICABLE FOR MODEL AND BREAKER
CONFIGURATION AS PER "TABLE 1"
221
3X 105
579 TABLE 1
KIT PART NUMBER MODELS AFFECTED ENCLOSURES AFFECTED
C125 N6-C150 N6
A060M822 OPEN ONLY
C125 D6D- C200 D6D
NUMBER OF LIMITATION
KIT PART NUMBER
CB'S POS A POS B POS C
1 ANY RATING - -
A060M822 2 ANY RATING 600A OR BELOW -
2X 337
3 ANY RATING 400A OR BELOW 250A OR BELOW
A A
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, ALL SIM TO . DWN A_JOHNSON

79 X #1 0.00- 4.99 +0.15/-0.08
DO NOT SCALE PRINT CKD A_JOHNSON
HOLE
5.00- 9.99 +0.20/-0.10 APVD
P_LARSON
DIM
SECTION A-A 114
.X # 0.8
10.00-17.49 +0.25/-0.13
R
OUTLINE,CIRCUIT BREAKER
.XX # 0.38 17.50-24.99 +0.30/-0.13
DATE
02MAY16 SITE CODE
SCALE 1/2 THIS DOCUMENT (AND THE INFORMATION SHOWN THEREON) IS FOR INTERPRETATION FIRST USED ON DWG
CAD SHEET
1.0 1/4
TOLERANCING, SEE
4 3 2 1
Regulatory Review and Approval is required prior to changing this item per Drawing Name: A055B604 Revision: E
PGG 1-01-01-116. This item impacts compliance with these External Regulations: Part Name: A055B603 Revision: E
UL,CSA ECO-181477 Sheet 1 of 7
PTC
R
Creo
R
Parametric
4 3 2 1
ECO-181477 E - --- RT MT M_TULADHAR 05NOV18
WTP GEN-A "L" FRAME SHOWN (400 - 600 amp)
POSITION "B" 3 POSITION "A"

3
D D
2X 724
4X 574
2X 384
2X 258
C 2 2
C
193
501
628
961
1124
1062
966
571
2X 31
476
B B
4X 154
6X 179
221
578
2X 140
A A
SECTION C-C
SCALE 1/2
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, ALL SIM TO . DWN A_JOHNSON

X #1 0.00- 4.99 +0.15/-0.08
HOLE
5.00- 9.99 +0.20/-0.10 APVD
P_LARSON
DIM
.X # 0.8
10.00-17.49 +0.25/-0.13
R
.XX # 0.38 17.50-24.99 +0.30/-0.13
DATE
02MAY16 SITE CODE
1.0 1/4
TOLERANCING, SEE
4 3 2 1
PTC
R
Creo
R
Parametric
4 3 2 1
ECO-181477 E - --- RT MT M_TULADHAR 05NOV18
WTP GEN-A
"H" FRAME SHOWN (15 - 150 amp)
"L" FRAME SHOWN (400 - 600 amp)
E E
D D
140 140
96
554 96
627
627
CONDUIT CONDUIT 574
LANDING 481 LANDING
AREA AREA
384
195
195
C E C
E
REMOVE PUNCHOUT
IN FIELD
"P" FRAME SHOWN (400-800 amp)

SECTION E-E
E
B "J" FRAME SHOWN (175 - 250 amp) B
140
96
627
CONDUIT
428
LANDING
140 AREA
409
96
554
627
240
CONDUIT 548 195
LANDING
AREA 467
A A
195
E
E UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, ALL SIM TO . DWN A_JOHNSON

X #1 0.00- 4.99 +0.15/-0.08
HOLE
5.00- 9.99 +0.20/-0.10 APVD
P_LARSON
DIM
.X # 0.8
10.00-17.49 +0.25/-0.13
R
.XX # 0.38 17.50-24.99 +0.30/-0.13
DATE
02MAY16 SITE CODE
1.0 1/4
TOLERANCING, SEE
4 3 2 1
PS GEN-B
Drawing Name: A040J895 Revision: B

Part Name: A040J894 Revision: B
Sheet 1 of 4
PS GEN-B
Drawing Name: A040J895 Revision: B

Part Name: A040J894 Revision: B
Sheet 3 of 4
SECTION XVII
COOLANT HEATER
DRAWINGS
R R
PTC Creo Parametric
6 5 4 3 2 1
WTP GEN-A ECO-176532 A 1 PRODUCTION RELEASE DAH DAH GILLETT 10APR18
NOTE:
1. DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN [ ] ARE IN INCHES.
D D
EXHAUST MUFFLER HD AIR CLEANER

(A379) (D036-2)
PCC 2.3 CONTROL (H703-2)

DISPLAY HMI 320
VIEW A
C C
BARGRAPH OPTION
(H606-2) FOR H703-2 CONTROL
B B
RELAYS
(KSS2-2)
AC TERMINAL CONNECTIONS
COOLANT HEATER, ALTERNATOR
HEATER, BATTERY CHARGER,
AUX SIGNALS OIL HEATER
(KS53-2)
BARGRAPH OPTION
BATTERY CHARGER (H606-2) FOR H700-2 CONTROL
120V,6 AMP
(B927-2)
VIEW A
DUCT ADAPTER-RADIATOR OUTLET
(F013-2)
A A
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, ALL SIM TO A055J592 DWN D HOFMEISTER

X #1 0.00- 4.99 +0.15/-0.08
OUTLINE,GENSET
HOLE
5.00- 9.99 +0.20/-0.10 APVD
D GILLETT
DIM
R
.X # 0.8
10.00-17.49 +0.25/-0.13
.XX # 0.38 17.50-24.99 +0.30/-0.13
DATE
10APR18 SITE CODE OPTIONS
1.0 3:16
TOLERANCING, SEE
ASME Y14.5-2009 ARROW PGF D A060G756 1 OF 3
6 5 4 3 2 1
Drawing Name: A060G757 Revision: A

Part Name: A060G756 Revision: A
R R
PTC Creo Parametric
6 5 4 3 2 1
D D
C C
B B
COOLANT HEATER
120V,1500W/240V,2000W 1PH
(E153-2/E154-2)
A A

X #1 0.00- 4.99 +0.15/-0.08
OUTLINE,GENSET
HOLE
5.00- 9.99 +0.20/-0.10 APVD
D GILLETT
DIM
R
.X # 0.8
10.00-17.49 +0.25/-0.13
.XX # 0.38 17.50-24.99 +0.30/-0.13
DATE
1.0 3:16
TOLERANCING, SEE
6 5 4 3 2 1

R R
PTC Creo Parametric
6 5 4 3 2 1
D D
1597
241 [62.9 ]
[9.5 ] 194
[7.6 ]
C C
2110
[83.1 ]
1690
[66.5 ]
1083
[42.6 ]
(DUCT ADAPTER) 1296
[51 ]
B B
170
[6.7 ]
(DUCT ADAPTER)
919 41
[36.2 ] [1.6 ]
(DUCT ADAPTER) (DUCT ADAPTER)
A A

X #1 0.00- 4.99 +0.15/-0.08
OUTLINE,GENSET
HOLE
5.00- 9.99 +0.20/-0.10 APVD
D GILLETT
DIM
R
.X # 0.8
10.00-17.49 +0.25/-0.13
.XX # 0.38 17.50-24.99 +0.30/-0.13
DATE
1.0 3:16
TOLERANCING, SEE
6 5 4 3 2 1

PS GEN-B
Drawing Name: 0333-0713 Revision: D

Part Name: 0333-0713-01 Revision: D
Sheet 1 of 2
SECTION XVIII
DATA SHEETS
(QTY 1) 400A WTP ATS-A and PS ATS-B
(QTY 1) 600A
Drawing Name: 0500-4185 Revision: B

Part Name: 0500-4185 Revision: B
Sheet 2 of 5
SECTION XIX
WARRANTY
Warranty Statement
Global Commercial Warranty Statement
Generator Set
English
Original Instructions 7-2017 A028U870 (Issue 5)
Limited Warranty Environmental Protection Agency - Stationary

Emergency (EPA-SE) is defined as being the
maximum power available during a variable electrical
Commercial Generating Set power sequence, under the stated operating
This limited warranty applies to all Cummins Power conditions, for which a generator set is capable of
Generation® branded commercial generating sets delivering in the event of a utility power outage or
and associated accessories (hereinafter referred to under test conditions and used in strict accordance
as "Product"). with the EPA NSPS for stationary engines, 40 CFR
part 60, subparts 1111 and JJJJ , where a reliable utility
This warranty covers any failures of the Product, must be present. The permissible average power
under normal use and service, which result from a output over 24 hours of operation shall not exceed
defect in material or factory workmanship. 70% of the EPA-SE.
Warranty Period: Data Center Continuous (DCC) is defined as the

The warranty start date1 is the date of initial start up, maximum power which the generator is capable of
first rental, demonstration or 18 months after factory delivering continuously to a constant or varying
ship date, whichever is sooner. See table for details. electrical load for unlimited hours in a data center
application.
Continuous Power (COP) is defined as being the
maximum power which the generating set is capable Base Warranty Coverage Duration
of delivering continuously whilst supplying a constant Whichever occurs first)
electrical load when operated for an unlimited Ratina Months Max. Hours
number of hours per year. No overload capability is COP 12 Unlimited
available for this rating.
PRP 12 Unlimited
Prime Power (PRP) is defined as being the LTP 12 500 hrs
maximum power which a generating set is capable of ESP 24 1000 hrs
delivering continuously whilst supplying a variable EPA-SE 24 Unlimited
electrical load when operated for an unlimited
number of hours per year. The permissible average DCC 24 Unlimited
power output over 24 hours of operation shall not 1
Warranty start date for designated rental and oil and gas model
exceed 70% of the PRP. For applications requiring Products is determined to be date of receipt of Product by the end
permissible average output higher than stated, a customer.
COP rating should be used.
Cummins Power Generation®
Limited-Time Running Power (LTP) is defined as Responsibilities:
the maximum power available, under the agreed In the event of a failure of the Product during the
operating conditions, for which the generating set is warranty period due to defects in material or
capable of delivering for up to 500 hours of operation workmanship, Cummins Power Generation® will only
per year. be responsible for the following costs:
Emergency Standby Power (ESP) is defined as the • All parts and labor required to repair the
maximum power available during a variable electrical Product.
power sequence, under the stated operating • Reasonable travel expenses to and from the
conditions, for which a generating set is capable of Product site location.
delivering in the event of a utility power outage or • Maintenance items that are contaminated or
under test conditions for up to 500 hours of operation damaged by a warrantable failure.
per year. The permissible average power output over
24 hours of operation shall not exceed 70% of the Owner Responsibilities:
ESP.
The owner will be responsible for the following:
Effective Date: 18-July-2017 Page 1of2 A028U870 Issue 5

• Notifying Cummins Power Generation® • Damage to parts, fixtures, housings,

distributor or dealer within 30 days of the attachments and accessory items that are
discovery of failure. not part of the generating set.
• Installing , operating , commissioning and
maintaining the Product in accordance with This limited warranty does not cover costs resulting
Cummins Power Generation®'s published from:
policies and guidelines. • Difficulty in gaining access to the Product.
• Providing evidence for date of • Damage to customer property.
commissioning.
• Providing sufficient access to and reasonable A "Data center" is defined as a dedicated facility that
ability to remove the Product from the house computers and associated equipment for data
installation in the event of a warrantable storage and data handling.
failure.
• Incremental costs and expenses associated Reliable utility is defined as utility power without
with Product removal and reinstallation routine or regularly scheduled black-outs.
resulting from non-standard installations.
• Costs associated with rental of generating Please contact your local Cummins Power
sets used to replace the Product being Generation® Distributor for clarification concerning
repaired. these limitations.
• Costs associated with labor overtime and
premium shipping requested by the owner. CUMMINS POWER GENERATION® RIGHT TO
• All downtime expenses, fines, all applicable FAILED COMPONENTS:
taxes, and other losses resulting from a
warrantable failure. Failed components claimed under warranty remain
the property of Cummins Power Generation®.
Limitations: Cummins Power Generation® has the right to reclaim
This limited warranty does not cover Product failures any failed component that has been replaced under
resulting from: warranty.
• Inappropriate use relative to designated
power rating. Extended Warranty:
• Inappropriate use relative to application Cummins Power Generation® offers several levels of
guidelines . Extended Warranty Coverage. Please contact your
• Inappropriate use of an EPA-SE application local Cummins Power Generation ® Distributor for
generator set relative to EPA's standards. details.
• Normal wear and tear. www.power.cummins.com
• Improper and/or unauthorized installation.
• Negligence, accidents or misuse. THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH HEREIN ARE THE
• Lack of maintenance or unauthorized repair. SOLE WARRANTIES MADE BY CUMMINS
• Noncompliance with any Cummins Power POWER GENERATION ® IN REGARD TO THE
Generation® published guideline or policy. PRODUCT. CUMMINS POWER GENERATION®
• Use of improper or contaminated fuels, MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR
coolants or lubricants. IMPLIED, OR OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
• Improper storage before and after FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
commissioning.
• Owner's delay in making Product available IN NO EVENT IS CUMMINS POWER
after notification of potential Product problem. GENERATION® LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR
• Replacement parts and accessories not CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
authorized by Cummins Power Generation®.
• Use of Battle Short Mode. This limited warranty shall be enforced to the
• Owner or operator abuse or neglect such as: maximum extent permitted by applicable law. This
operation without adequate coolant or limited warranty gives the owner specific rights that
lubricants; overfueling ; overspeeding; lack of may vary from state to state or from jurisdiction to
maintenance to lubricating , cooling or air jurisdiction.
intake systems; late servicing and
maintenance; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices, or for Product Model Number:_ _ _ _ _ _ __ __
progressive damage resulting from a Product Serial Number:._ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ __
defective shutdown or warning device. Date in Service: _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __
Effective Date: 18-July-2017 Page 2 of 2 A028U870 Issue 5

Power
C. Generation
Warranty Statement
Global Power Electronics
Transfer Switch
English
Original Instructions 1-2015 A029Y876 Issue D
Limited Warranty Cummins Power Generation®

Responsibilities:
Transfer Switch In the e~nt of a failure of the Product during the
This limited warranty applies to all Cummins Power warranty period due to defects in material or
Generation® branded Transfer Switches and workmanship, Cummins PowerGeneration®will only
associated accessories {hereinafter referred to as be responsible for the following costs:
"Product").
• Parts and labor required to repair the Product
This warranty co~rs any failures of the Product, as defined by co~rage duration.
under normal use and ser\1ce, which result from a • Reasonable tra~I expenses to and from the
defect in material or factory workmanship. Product site location as defined by co~rage
duration.
Warranty Period:
The warranty start date is the date of commissioningt, Owner Responsibilities:
demonstration or 18 months after factory ship date, The owner will be responsible for the fol lowing:
whiche~r is sooner. • Notifying Cummins Power Generation®
distributor or dealer within 30 days of the
t Date of commissioning not to exceeddateof Generator Set initial d isco~ry of failure.
start-up. • Installing, operating , commissioning and
maintaining the Product in accordance with
Transfer Switch Coverage Duration: Cummins Power Generation®'s published
The warranty co~rage duration for Transfer policies and guidelines.
Switches is defined in the table below for the different • Pro~ding e~dence for date of
product families: commissioning.
• Pro~ding sufficient access to and reasonable
Product Family Duration ability to remo~ the Product from the
installation in the e~nt of a warrantable
GTEC, LT, LC,
RST, OTEC
. 1 Year· Parts, Labor & Travel failure.
In addition, the owner will be responsible for:

RSS, RA, and
other R?wer • 2 Years: Parts, Labor & Travel
• Incremental costs and expenses associated
Transfer Devicestt
...
with Product removal and reinstallation
Years 0-2: Parts, Labor &Travel resulting from non-standard installations.
OT, OTFC, BTFC, Years 3-5: Parts Only • Costs associated with rental of power
OH ~. CH~, A...T Years 6-10: Main Contacts Only generating equipment used to replace the
Product being repaired.
tt Devi ces manufacturedbyCumminsPowerGeneration thatallow • Costs associated with labor o~rtime and
power transfer between two power sources.
premium shipping requested by the owner.
• All downtime expenses, fines , all applicable
taxes, and other losses resulting from a
warrantable failure.
Effecti\€ Date: 01 -Jan-2015 Page 1 of 2 A029Y876 Issue D

Limitations: CUMMINS POWER GENERATION® RIGHT TO

This limited warranty does not cover Product failures FAILED COMPONENTS:
resulting from: Failed components claimed under warranty remain
• Inappropriate use relative to designated the property of Cummins Power Generation ®.
power rating. Cummins Power Generation® has the right to reclaim
• Inappropriate use relative to application any failed component that has been replaced under
guidelines. warranty.
• Non-conformance to applicable industry
standards for installation Extended Warranty:
• Normal wear and tear. Cummins Power Generation® offers several levels of
• Improper and/or unauthorized installation. Extended Warranty Coverage. Please contact your
• Negligence, accidents or misuse . local Cummins Power Generation ® Distributor for
• Lack of maintenance or unauthorized repair. details.
• Noncompliance with any Cummins Power
Generation® published guideline or policy. www.power.cummins.com
• Improper storage before and after
comm iss ioni ng . THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH HEREIN ARE THE
• Owner's delay in making Product available SOLE WARRANTIES MADE BY CUMMINS
after notification of potential Product problem. POWER GENERATION® IN REGARD TO THE
• Replacement parts and accessories not PRODUCT. CUMMINS POWER GENERATION®
authorized by Cummins Power Generation®. MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR
• Owner or operator abuse or neglect such as: IMPLIED, OR OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
late ser\1cing and maintenance and improper FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
storage.
• Damage to parts, fixtures, housings, IN NO EVENT IS CUMMINS POWER
attachments and accessory items that are GENERATION® LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR
not part of the transfer switch or paralleling CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
system.
This limited warranty shall be enforced to the
This limited warranty does not cover costs resulting maximum extent permitted by applicable law. This
from : limited warranty gives the owner specific rights that
• Difficulty in gaining access to the Product. may vary from state to state or from jurisdiction to
• Damage to customer property . j urisdiction.
Please contact your local Cummins Power
Generation® Distributor for clarification concerning Product Model Number:_ _ _ _ __ _ _ __
these limitations.
Product Serial Number:_ _ _ __ _ _ _ __
Date in Ser\1ce:_ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ __
Effectil.e Date: 01.Jan-2015 Page 2 of 2 A029Y876 Issue D

SECTION XX
START AND TEST

Pre Start & Test Standards and Procedures
Section 1 Safety
Cummins Pacific is committed to a safe work environment. To ensure job site safety,
all Cummins Pacific technicians will follow the Safety Guidelines outlined in the
Cummins Pacific Safety Policy and Procedure Manual. This manual can be accessed
through the Cummins intranet at: http://cpintranet/HSE/HSEProcedures
1. Technician will arrive on site and check in.
2. Perform a Pre-Job JSA
3. Minimum required PPE
4. Additional PPE (as required)
a. Hearing Protection (CPSAF016)
b. Electrical gloves (CPSAF011 & NFPA 70E)
c. Face shield and Balaclava (CPSAF011 & NFPA 70E)
d. FRC rated clothing (CPSAF011 & NFPA 70E)
e. Ladders safety (CPSAF025)
f. Fall Protection Harness (CPSAF013)
5. Secure equipment using Lock-Out Tag-Out procedures (CPSAF026)
6. Safe Electrical Work Procedure (CPSAF-012)
The technician will update the JSA throughout the repair and stop work if any hazards
arise. The technician will not work in an unsafe manner and will inform the
contractor and supervisor of any hazards impeding his work.
Section 2 Support Material

Prior to scheduling the technician to a Pre S&T the Power Generation Engineering
Team will provide the following documentation:
1. A completed Customer Pre S&T Checklist
2. A copy of the S&T Scope of Work
3. A copy of any field up-fit work
4. Any special instructions on additional equipment
Rev 10/31/16
Page 1 of 2
Section 3 Procedure
The purpose of a Pre S&T Inspection is to inspect the site and determine the current
state of readiness. The technician will advise the contractor of any deficiencies that
need to be corrected prior to the Start & Test. The technician will visually verify the
condition of the equipment and inspect for damage that may have occurred in
transport or while the unit was being set. The technician will then perform basic
checks to the engine and controls. The technician will fill out the Pre S&T checklist
and provide a copy to the PG Engineering team and the contractor for review. All
deficiencies must be remedied before the S&T is scheduled.
Section 4 Duration
The Pre S & T Inspection is scheduled for no more than 4 hours on site. This does not
include travel.
Section 5 Miscellaneous & Special Instructions

1. Damaged equipment will be noted and brought to the contractor’s
attention immediately.
2. Missing equipment will be noted and brought to the contractor’s attention
immediately.
3. Cummins Technicians will provide basic technical support for any
equipment supplied by Cummins Pacific.
Rev 10/31/16
Page 2 of 2
Group 31 Battery Installation Standards and
Procedures
Section 1 Safety
3. All required PPE as needed for NFPA 70E compliance
The technician will update the JSA throughout the repair and stop work if any
hazards arise. The technician will not work in an unsafe manner and will inform the

Prior to installing batteries the Power Generation Engineering Team will provide the
following documentation to the technician:
1. A scope of work to include battery installation
2. The batteries
a. Authorization for the Service Branch to provide the batteries
Rev 10/31/16
Page 1 of 3
a. Best battery Systems
b. Additional charges
c. Wiring Diagram for additional systems
4. Battery placement and weight will determine if two technicians are
needed to install the batteries
a. Any item weighing greater than 50 pounds will require a second
Cummins Pacific technician to support lifting during the
installation
Section 3 Procedure
The technician(s) will install the battery or batteries as out lined in the Cummins
Engine Service Manual or Power Generation Service Manual. The installation will
include:
1. Key switch off.
2. E-stop engaged and all required Lock-Out Tag-Out.
Rev 10/31/16
Page 2 of 3
3. Remove packing material from battery/batteries.
4. Inspect battery tray and hold downs, ensure there are no sharp objects in the
battery tray or puncture hazards.
5. Install battery/batteries in battery tray.
6. Optional battery heaters will be installed at this time.
7. Install battery hold downs or straps
8. Installation of battery cables
9. Set up battery charger
a. Check float voltage
b. Check correct settings
10. Check voltage settings in the PCC
Section 4 Duration
The Battery installation time will be determined by site access, technicians required
and the total number of batteries installed. Based on the number and size of
batteries, the installation typically takes between 1 - 4 hours per unit. This does not
include travel.

2. Missing equipment will be noted and brought to the contractor’s
Rev 10/31/16
Page 3 of 3
4D and up Battery Installation Standards and
Procedures
Section 1 Safety
5. Secure equipment using LOTO procedures (CPSAF026)
The technician will update the JSA throughout the repair and stop work if any
hazards arise. The technician will not work in an unsafe manner and will inform the

Prior to installing batteries the Power Generation Engineering Team will provide the
following documentation to the technician:
1. A scope of work authorizing the installation of the batteries
2. The batteries
a. Authorization for the Service Branch to provide the batteries
a. Best battery Systems
Rev 10/31/16
Page 1 of 3
b. Additional charges
c. Wiring Diagram for additional systems
4. 4D and 8D Batteries require a two technician lift
a. Any item weighing greater than 50 pounds will require a second
Cummins Pacific technician to support lifting during the
installation
Section 3 Procedure
The technician(s) will install the battery or batteries as out lined in the Cummins
Engine Service Manual or Power Generation Service Manual. The installation will
include:
1. Key switch off.
2. E-stop engaged and all required Lock-Out Tag-Out.
3. Remove packing material from battery/batteries.
Rev 10/31/16
Page 2 of 3
4. Inspect battery tray and hold downs, ensure there are no sharp objects in the
battery tray or puncture hazards.
5. Install battery/batteries in battery tray.
6. Optional battery heaters will be installed at this time.
7. Install battery hold downs or straps
8. Installation of battery cables
9. Set up battery charger
a. Check float voltage
b. Check correct settings
10. Check voltage settings in the PCC
Section 4 Duration
The Battery installation time will be determined by site access, technicians required
and the total number of batteries installed. Based on the number and size of
batteries, the installation typically takes between 2 - 6 hours per unit. This does not
include travel.

2. Missing equipment will be noted and brought to the contractor’s
Rev 10/31/16
Page 3 of 3
Start & Test Standards and Procedures
Section 1 Safety
5. Secure equipment using LOTO procedures (CPSAF026)

Prior to performing the Start & Test the Power Generation Engineering Team will
provide the following documentation to the technician:
1. A scope of work authorizing S&T
a. Equipment included in testing
b. Special instructions not outlined in Start & Test scope of work
c. Modifications to the generator control panel (single line) as
applicable
d. Alarm function and testing
e. Annunciation template and customer requested faults
Rev 10/31/16
Page 1 of 3
f. A completed Customer Pre Start Checklist (if applicable)
Section 3 Procedure
Cummins Pacific service personnel will then perform the following work on site as
part of our standard start & test:
1. Perform a detailed review of the installing contractors completed installation
and advise of any issues or recommendations. See attached “ST Report Form”
form for details.
2. Check the mounting hardware and anchors associated with the generator set
and the automatic transfer switch. Verify vibration isolators are adjusted
correctly.
3. Check the electrical terminations on the generator set and transfer switch.
4. Check the control wiring terminations on the generator, transfer switch, and
annunciator.
5. Check the fuel system/tank for proper plumbing and vent installation. Fuel
is not included unless otherwise specified.
6. Inspect exhaust system for correct installation, and clearance from
combustible materials or fire sprinklers.
7. Inspect cooling system for proper installation and adequate air ventilation.
8. Connect the engine starting batteries.
9. Connect to systems and ensure the latest software calibration is loaded.
10. Review control and annunciator programming as required. Configure
customer inputs/relays as required.
11. Start the generator set for the first time, and verify correct operation.
12. Check the phase rotation of the generator set and utility.
13. Perform adjustments to generator and transfer switch as required for
correct operation.
14. Verify correct steady state operation and load acceptance.
15. Provide up to 30 minutes of basic operator training, at time of start & test.
The S&T Coordinator will provide a completed copy of the Start and Test Report
upon customer’s request.
Rev 10/31/16
Page 2 of 3
Section 4 Duration
The Start and Test time will be determined by site access, technicians required,
contractor readiness and the equipment being tested. Start and Test times do not
include additional tests which are quoted separately. This procedure does not
include travel.

immediately.
3. Site issues or installation deficiencies that prevent completion of the Start
& Test will be noted and brought to the contractor’s attention
immediately. Additional time and material charges may apply.
Rev 10/31/16
Page 3 of 3
Load Bank Test Standards and Procedures
Section 1 Safety
7. Load Bank Test JSA

Prior to performing a Load Bank Test the Power Generation Engineering Team will
1. A scope of work to include the Load Bank Test
2. The scope of work will include
a. Duration of the test (1 hour, 2 hours etc.)
b. Type of Load (resistive “standard” or reactive “specified”)
c. Generator Voltage
d. NFPA 110 load bank
Rev 10/31/16
Page 1 of 3
e. Step loading
f. Special hook up instructions
3. Power Generation Project Engineer special instructions (if required)
Section 3 Procedure
The technician will perform a Load Bank Test Job Safety Analysis and secure the
area before performing the test.
1. Park Load Bank trailer and secure
a. Install vehicle chock
b. Put out cone
2. Inspect Load Bank
3. Fill out JSA
4. Determine the amount of cable needed per phase
5. Install load bank connectors
6. Connect cables to load bank connector and to Load Bank trailer.
a. One cable at a time
b. One phase at a time
7. Install ground connection
8. Connect InPower and prepare a Load Bank Test sheet
9. Start unit
10. Perform Load Bank test per defined Statement of Work
a. Run for hours noted in the SOW
b. Allow unit to cool down at no load
c. Shut down unit
11. Disconnect cables
12. Reconnected cables on generator and torque
13. Install panels
14. Complete paperwork and send to S&T Engineer
Section 4 Duration
The duration of this Load Bank Test procedure is dependent on the duration of the
testing and the KW size of the unit. Multiple load banks, extra cable, and medium
voltage requirements will also increase the duration of this test. This does not
include travel.
Rev 10/31/16
Page 2 of 3
immediately.
3. Generator failures identified during the load bank test will be noted and
brought to the contractor’s attention immediately.
Rev 10/31/16
Page 3 of 3
Fuel Tank Field Pressure Test Standards and
Procedures
Section 1 Safety

Prior to Fuel Tank Pressure Testing the Power Generation Engineering Team will
1. A scope of work authorizing the Pressure Testing of the Fuel Tank
2. Drawing of the Fuel Tank
a. Identifying ports
b. Identifying vents
3. Power Generation Project Engineer special instructions (if required)
Rev 10/31/16
Page 1 of 3
It is also important to ensure our technicians are properly equipped with any
necessary equipment to complete the Fuel Tank Pressure Test.
4. Caps and Plugs
5. Pressure gauges
6. Special Service Tools (as applicable)
Section 3 Procedure
The fuel tank has been pressure tested at the factory in accordance with the
requirements of
the latest edition of the Standard of Under-writers Laboratories, Inc. for Steel
Aboveground
Tanks for Flammable and Combustible liquids, UL 142.The fuel tank is intended for
stationary installation in accordance with NFPA No. 37, NFPA No. 110 and the
Uniform Fire Code, section 79.509.The technician will inspect the fuel tank and
ensure it is ready for testing.
1. Visually inspect the tank

2. Remove and install caps and plugs.
3. Remove and install caps with pressure gauge
4. Remove and install cap with air fitting
5. Pressurize tank
a. Pneumatically test primary tank at 5 PSIG for 30 minutes, soap testing
all tank connections
b. Pneumatically test secondary tank at 3 PSIG for 30 minutes, soap
testing all tank connections.
c. Demonstrate operation of the leak detection device.
d. Demonstrate operation of the low fuel level device.
e. Demonstrate operation of the high fuel level device.
6. Fill out checklist
7. Remove test equipment and restore tank to normal operations
Section 4 Duration
The Fuel Tank Pressure procedure takes 4 to 16 hours depending on the size of the
tank. This does not include travel.
Rev 10/31/16
Page 2 of 3
1. Damaged equipment will be noted and brought to the contractor’s attention
immediately.
immediately.
Any tank failures will be brought to the Cummins Pacific Project Engineering
Team’s attention immediately.
Rev 10/31/16
Page 3 of 3

Cummins

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Cummins

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

APRIL 2020

COASTSIDE COUNTY WATER DISTRICT

Contract Documents for

To: ALL HOLDERS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENT FOR THE ABOVE REFERENCED

Item Bid Document Sheet No. or

The attached submittal documentation has been

Eileen A. Nakamura, P.E.

Denniston Standby Generators Page 1 of 1 Addendum No. 2

DENNISTON STANDBY GENERATORS MANUFACTURER’S SUBMITTAL

119021 – Denniston Standby Generators Diesel-Engine-Driven Generator Sets

Cummins Inc. Project No. 99993

Customer Requested Delivery Date:_________________________________

Dear: James Derbin

Name Title Function Phone email

James Feng Project Manager San Prepares Submittals, 510-347-1528 james.feng@cummins.com

Denise Wauke- PC Project Coordinator 808-682-6209 denis.wauke-stover.com

T-016 Application Manual - Paralleling

T-030 Application Manual - Liquid Cooled Generator Sets

Project Name: Denniston And Pump Station Standby Generators

Project Engineer James Feng 510-347-1528

Major Equipment Shipping Weights and Dimensions

Housing 160 40 72 429 Green A060C609

Fuel Tank (Dry) 181 44 21 1,477 Black A057P198

Diesel Fuel Gallonage

600A ATS 21 33 74 410 Green 0500-4185

Generator Set - Lug Information

Automatic Transfer Switch - Lug Information

AC Power Supplies needed for Genset Accessories

Project Name: Denniston And Pump Station Standby Generators

Project Engineer James Feng 510-347-1528

Major Equipment Shipping Weights and Dimensions

Housing 222 86 92 4,715 Green A034J589

Fuel Tank (Dry) 170 86 16 2,584 Black A034J589

Diesel Fuel Gallonage

400A ATS 21 33 74 410 Green 0500-4185

Generator Set - Lug Information

Automatic Transfer Switch - Lug Information

400 2 3/0-600MCM and #4-250MCM

AC Power Supplies needed for Genset Accessories

For AC Connections:Use # 14 AWG or larger for lengths up to 40 Feet.

Use # 10 AWG or larger for lengths up to 100 Feet.

Paralleling load share cable to be 18 AWG 4 - conductor twisted shielded cable.

Special Requirements / Submittal Review Notes

For AC Connections:Use # 14 AWG or larger for lengths up to 40 Feet.

Use # 12 AWG or larger for lengths up to 50 Feet.

Use # 10 AWG or larger for lengths up to 100 Feet.

For DC Connections:Use # 14 AWG or larger for lengths up to 100 Feet.

Paralleling load share cable to be 18 AWG 4 - conductor twisted shielded cable.

Special Requirements / Submittal Review Notes

Project Number: 99993 Page

Section I Generator Set Specification Sheets

Section II Generator Set Data Sheets

Section III Alternator Data Sheets

Section IV Control Panel Sheets

Section V Sound Data Sheets

Section VI Prototype Test Support (PTS) Sheets

Section VII Cooling System Data Sheets

Section VIII Exhaust Emission Data Sheets

Section IX Battery and Battery Charger Data Sheets

Section X Certificate of Compliance IBC Sheets

Section XI Enclosure Specification Sheets

Section XII Transfer Switch Data Sheets

Section XIII Specific Breaker Withstand and Closing List

Section XIV Interconnection Diagrams

3 RATINGS (0.8 power 60 Hz (winding no) 50 Hz (winding no)